ORTHOLOGIC CORP
10-K, 1998-03-31
SURGICAL & MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS & APPARATUS
Previous: HAMPSHIRE GROUP LTD, DEF 14A, 1998-03-31
Next: MSB BANCORP INC /DE, 10-K, 1998-03-31



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

             [ ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
       For the transition period from _______________ to _________________

                         Commission file number: 0-21214

                                ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                    Delaware                          86-0585310
         (State or other jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer
          incorporation or organization)          Identification No.)

                   1275 West Washington Street, Tempe, Arizona
                      85281 (Address of principal executive
                                    offices)

                    Issuer's telephone number: (602) 286-5520

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                    Common Stock, par value $.0005 per share
                                (Title of Class)

         Rights to purchase 1/100 of a share of Series A Preferred Stock
                                (Title of Class)


        Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was  required to file such  report(s)),  and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No
                                                  ---  ---

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

        The aggregate  market value of the voting and  non-voting  common equity
held by  non-affiliates  of the registrant,  based upon the closing bid price of
the registrant's Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on March
1, 1998 was  approximately  $153,066,000.  Shares of Common  Stock  held by each
officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the  outstanding
Common  Stock  have  been  excluded  in that  such  persons  may be deemed to be
affiliates.   This   determination   of  affiliate  status  is  not  necessarily
conclusive.

        The number of  outstanding  shares of the  registrant's  Common Stock on
March 1, 1998 was 25,274,290.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions  of the  Registrant's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the
fiscal year ended  December  31, 1997 are  incorporated  by reference in Part II
hereof and portions of the  Registrant's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 15, 1998 are incorporated by reference in Part
III hereof.
<PAGE>
                                ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                             FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PART I

    <S>          <C>                                                                                             <C>
    Item 1.      Business.......................................................................................  1
    Item 2.      Properties..................................................................................... 11
    Item 3.      Legal Proceedings.............................................................................. 11
    Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............................................ 13
                 Executive Officers of the Registrant........................................................... 13

                                                      PART II

    Item 5.      Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...................... 15
    Item 6.      Selected Financial Data........................................................................ 15
    Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                      Operations................................................................................ 15
    Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk......................................21
    Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................................................... 21
    Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
                      Disclosure................................................................................ 21

                                                     PART III

    Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant............................................. 22
    Item 11.     Executive Compensation......................................................................... 22
    Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management................................. 22
    Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................................................. 22

                                                      PART IV

    Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K................................ 22

    SIGNATURES..................................................................................................S-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
                                     ------

Item 1.     Business

General

    The  Company  was  incorporated  as a Delaware  corporation  in July 1987 as
IatroMed, Inc. and changed its name to OrthoLogic Corp. in July 1991. Unless the
context otherwise requires,  the "Company" or "OrthoLogic" as used herein refers
to OrthoLogic Corp. and its  subsidiaries.  The Company's  executive offices are
located at 1275 West Washington Street,  Tempe, Arizona 85281, and its telephone
number is (602) 286-5520.

    OrthoLogic develops,  manufactures and markets proprietary,  technologically
advanced  orthopaedic  products and packaged services for the orthopaedic health
care market including bone growth stimulation devices, continuous passive motion
("CPM")  devices  and  ancillary  orthopaedic  recovery  products.  OrthoLogic's
products are designed to enhance the healing of diseased,  damaged,  degenerated
or recently repaired  musculoskeletal  tissue.  The Company's  products focus on
improving the clinical outcomes and cost-effectiveness of orthopaedic procedures
that  are  characterized  by  compromised  healing,  high-cost,   potential  for
complication and long recuperation time.

    The Company extended its product line in August 1996 with its acquisition of
Sutter Corporation  ("Sutter"),  a manufacturer and marketer of CPM devices, and
enhanced its offering of CPM devices in March 1997  through the  acquisition  of
the CPM  assets of  Toronto  Medical  Corp.  ("TMC")  and of  Danninger  Medical
Technology,  Inc.  ("DMTI").  The  Company  also  offers  ancillary  orthopaedic
products such as bracing and  cryotherapy  through its  CarePlan,  a product and
service concept that enables CPM sales representatives to offer surgeons a range
of ancillary  orthopaedic  products.  In June 1997, the Company further extended
its product line by entering into a co-promotion  agreement  (the  "Co-Promotion
Agreement") with Sanofi Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. The Co-Promotion Agreement allows
the Company to market Hyalgan (sodium hyaluronate) to orthopedic surgeons in the
United  States  for the  relief of pain  from  osteoarthritis  of the knee.  The
Company commenced marketing of Hyalgan in July 1997.

    OrthoLogic   periodically   discusses   with  third   parties  the  possible
acquisition  of  technology,  product lines and  businesses  in the  orthopaedic
health  care  market and from time to time  enters  into  letters of intent that
provide OrthoLogic with an exclusivity period during which it considers possible
acquisitions.

Products and Other Product Development

    OrthoLogic's  product line  includes  bone growth  stimulation  and fracture
fixation  devices,  CPM devices and related products and Hyalgan.  The Company's
product line is sold primarily through the Company's direct sales force.

    OrthoLogic(R) 1000. The OrthoLogic 1000 is a portable, noninvasive physician
prescribed  magnetic field bone growth stimulator designed for home treatment of
patients who have a non-healing  fracture.  The  OrthoLogic  1000  comprises two
magnetic field  treatment  transducers  (coils) and a  microprocessor-controlled
signal generator that delivers highly  specific,  low energy combined static and
alternating magnetic fields.

    In 1989,  the Company  received  U.S. Food and Drug  Administration  ("FDA")
clearance of an  Investigational  Device Exemption ("IDE") to conduct a clinical
trial of the  OrthoLogic  1000 for the  treatment  of  patients  with a specific
variety of non-healing  fracture,  called a nonunion  fracture,  of certain long
bones.  A nonunion  fracture  was  defined  for the  purposes of this study as a
fracture  that  remains  unhealed  for at least  nine  months  post-injury.  The
patients  enrolled in the  Company's  clinical  trial had very  severe  nonunion
fractures;  the average fracture remained  non-healing for 2.4 years post-injury
and had an average of 2.5 unsuccessful  surgical  procedures  performed prior to
enrollment.  Based on the data submitted to the FDA in the Company's  Pre-Market
Approval ("PMA")  application,  60.7% of these non-healing  fractures healed. In
March 1994,  the FDA granted the Company PMA approval to market this product for
treatment of nonunion  fractures.  As a condition of the March 1994 PMA approval
for the OrthoLogic  1000, the FDA required the Company to maintain a registry of
all patients using the device.  Based on an initial review of the  approximately
400 patients who had nonunion  fractures (as defined  above) and then  completed
treatment  at the  time  the  Company  submitted  registry  data in  July  1996,
approximately 72% of the patients have healed.

    In 1990, the Company  received  supplemental  IDE clearance to conduct human
clinical  trials  of the  OrthoLogic  1000  on  patients  with  another  type of
non-healing  fracture  called a delayed  union  fracture.  For  purposes of this
study,  a delayed union  fracture was defined as a non-healing  fracture five to
nine months  post-injury.  This clinical  trial was designed as a  double-blind,
placebo-controlled,  randomized  study. An analysis of the data was completed by
the
<PAGE>
Company in  September  1995,  and this  analysis  indicated  the  benefit of the
OrthoLogic  1000 in the  treatment  of delayed  union  fractures.  However,  the
Company  believes  that a larger  number of patients is  necessary  to establish
statistical significance.  Although the data on the active OrthoLogic 1000 units
showed a positive effect, the healing rate in the placebo group was greater than
originally  anticipated.  The Company has combined  the  existing  data from the
study with delayed union data collected in the Company's Post Marketing Clinical
Registry.  This  combined  data has been  analyzed  and  submitted to the FDA to
support the  Company's  request to expand the  non-union  definition  to include
patients five months post-injury.  There can be no assurance that this data will
result in regulatory approval.

    In July  1997,  the  Company  received a PMA  supplement  from the FDA for a
single-coil  model of the OrthoLogic 1000. The single-coil  device,  the OL-1000
SC, will utilize the same magnetic  fields as the OrthoLogic  1000 but should be
more  comfortable  for patients with  fractures of some long bones,  such as the
upper femur or the  scaphoid.  The  Company  plans to release the product in the
first quarter of 1998.

    Continuous  Passive  Motion.  CPM  devices  provide  controlled,  continuous
movement to joints and limbs  without  requiring  the patient to exert  muscular
effort and are intended to be applied immediately  following  orthopaedic trauma
or surgery.  The products are designed to reduce swelling,  increase joint range
of motion,  reduce  the length of  hospital  stay and  reduce the  incidence  of
post-trauma  and  post-surgical  complication.  The  primary  use of CPM devices
occurs in the  hospital  and home  environments,  but they are also  utilized in
skilled nursing facilities, sports medicine and rehabilitation centers.

    The Company has several flagship CPM devices.  The Legasus and Litelift knee
CPMs, are designed with a patented anterior plate system to facilitate true full
knee  extension.  The  Legasus  device is used  primarily  in the home while the
LiteLift is  specifically  designed for the hospital  environment.  The WaveFlex
C*F*T  hand CPM is the  only CPM  device  that  moves  each  finger  through  an
individual arc of motion and creates a full composite  fist. The PS-1 pronation-
supination forearm CPM, with its patented  torque-isolating  technology,  drives
pronation and supination at the distal forearm,  and the model 600 shoulder unit
has exclusive pause,  warm-up,  and compliance timer features that differentiate
it from other shoulder CPM devices.

    Ancillary  Orthopaedic  Products.  The  Company  offers a  complete  line of
bracing, electrotherapy, cryotherapy and dynamic splinting products. The bracing
line incudes post-operative,  custom and pre-sized functional and osteoarthritis
models.  Post-operative  braces  are used in the early  phases of  post-surgical
rehabilitation  while  functional  braces are applied as the patient  returns to
work or sports activities.  The electrotherapy line consists of TENS, NMES, high
volt pulsed current, interferential,  and biofeedback units. Cryotherapy is used
to cool the  operative or injured  site in order to prevent  pain and  swelling.
OrthoLogic produces its own motorized  cryotherapy device, the Blue Artic, which
provides  temperature-controlled cold therapy using a reservoir of ice water and
a pump that circulates the water through a pad over the injury/surgical site.

    Hyalgan.  The Company  began  marketing  Hyalgan  during July 1997 under the
Co-Promotion  Agreement.  Hyalgan is used for relief of pain from osteoarthritis
of the knee for  those  patients  who  have  failed  to  respond  adequately  to
conservative  non-pharmacological  therapy  and to  simple  analgesics,  such as
acetaminophen.  Orthopeadic  surgeons administer Hyalgan in their offices,  with
each patient receiving five injections over a period of four weeks. Hyalgan is a
preparation of highly purified sodium hyaluronate,  a chemical found in the body
and  present  in high  amounts  in joints  and  synovial  fluid.  The body's own
hyaluronate  plays a  number  of key  roles in  normal  joint  function,  and in
osteoarthritis,  the quality and quantity of  hyaluronate in the joint fluid and
tissues may be deficient.

    OrthoFrame(R);  OrthoNail(TM).  OrthoFrame  products are  external  fixation
devices constructed of non-metallic carbon fiber-epoxy  composite material.  The
OrthoFrame offers a versatile design which can be utilized for immobilization of
a wide array of fracture types,  including tibia, femur, ankle, elbow and pelvic
fractures.  The OrthoFrame/Mayo  Wrist Fixator is a specialized device developed
in cooperation  with the Orthopaedic  Department of the Mayo Clinic,  Rochester,
Minnesota,   for  the  treatment  of  complex  wrist  (Colles)  fractures.   The
Orthopaedic Department of the Mayo Clinic has agreed to provide ongoing clinical
input on future design enhancements for the OrthoFrame/Mayo  Wrist Fixator. Both
products  utilize  non-metallic  carbon  fiber-epoxy  materials to reduce device
weight and are  radiolucent  (i.e.,  eliminate  the blocking of x-rays caused by
metallic  devices).  The Company believes that the patented  fracture  alignment
mechanism of the OrthoFrame  products  allows for simpler  application,  and the
radiolucency  and light weight  composite  materials of the OrthoFrame  products
provide  benefits to both surgeon and patient.  OrthoFrame  products are shipped
pre-assembled in sterile packaging to increase ease-of-use for the surgeon
                                        2
<PAGE>
and to reduce handling and inventory expenses for the hospital. The OrthoNail is
an internal  fixation  device used to treat  fractures of the humerus and tibia.
The Company received 510(k)  marketing  clearance from the FDA in September 1995
and  commenced  selling the product for humerus  fractures in December  1995. In
March 1996, the Company received 510(k) marketing clearance from the FDA for the
version of the OrthoNail to be used in connection  with  fractures of the tibia.
The Company does not actively market the OrthoNail.

    SpinaLogic(R) 1000. The SpinaLogic 1000 is a portable,  noninvasive magnetic
field bone growth  stimulator  being developed to enhance the healing process as
either an adjunct to spinal  fusion  surgery or as treatment for a failed spinal
fusion  surgery.  The Company  believes that the SpinaLogic 1000 offers benefits
similar to those of the  OrthoLogic  1000 in that it is relatively  easy to use,
requires a small power supply and requires only 30 minutes of treatment per day.
The SpinaLogic  1000 consists of one magnetic field  treatment  transducer and a
microprocessor-controlled  signal  generator,  both of which are positioned near
the spine through use of an adjustable  belt which the patient places around the
torso. The Company  received  approval of an IDE from the FDA in August 1992 and
commenced clinical trials for the SpinaLogic 1000 as an adjunct to spinal fusion
surgery in February  1993.  The Company  received  approval of an IDE supplement
from the FDA in September of 1995 to conduct a clinical  trial of the SpinaLogic
1000 as a noninvasive  treatment for a failed spinal fusion surgery. The Company
commenced  this  on-going  clinical  trial in the fourth  quarter  of 1995.  The
Company is in the process of  evaluating  the results of the clinical  trial for
use of the SpinaLogic 1000 as an adjunct to spinal fusion  surgery.  The Company
has not yet applied for FDA approval to market the  SpinaLogic  1000,  and there
can be no assurance that the Company will receive such approval if sought.

    BioLogic(R)   Magnetic   Field   Technology.    The   natural   process   of
musculoskeletal  tissue  healing  involves  a  complex  interaction  of  several
physiological processes, which include the stimulation of specific cells such as
osteoblasts,  fibroblasts and endothelial  cells. When an injury occurs,  growth
factors are  produced  at the healing  site which  stimulate  selected  cells to
initiate the healing  cascade.  In most cases,  these cells are able to initiate
repair in response to an injury and  restore the  musculoskeletal  tissue to its
original  strength and structure.  Cell stimulation is a necessary  component of
tissue  regeneration  and is  dependent  upon  certain  triggering  events  that
activate the  production  of  connective  tissue.  The BioLogic  technology is a
second generation  magnetic field technology licensed to the Company and used in
the  OrthoLogic  1000 and SpinaLogic  1000.  The technology  utilizes a specific
combination of a low energy static magnetic field with a low-energy  alternating
magnetic  field,  which the Company  believes  increases cell  stimulation.  The
technologies   employed  in  first   generation   electromagnetic   bone  growth
stimulators produce only an alternating magnetic field. The Company believes the
use  of  combined  static  and  alternating  magnetic  fields  in  its  BioLogic
technology  increases the potency of the  treatment  and  therefore  reduces the
required  daily  treatment  time.  The BioLogic  technology is also a low-energy
technology. The strength of the BioLogic magnetic fields are in the range of the
earth's  magnetic  field.  By  comparison,  the strength of the magnetic  fields
produced by  competitive  technologies  is many times  greater  than that of the
earth's  magnetic  field.  The  Company  is engaged in  research  of  additional
applications  of  the  proprietary  BioLogic  technology,   including  cartilage
regeneration and osteoporosis treatment.

    OrthoSound(TM).  The Company currently is conducting preclinical and a pilot
clinical trial relating to the design, development and testing of diagnostic and
therapeutic   devices   utilizing   its   nonthermal    ultrasound    technology
("OrthoSound") for use in medical  applications that relate to bone,  cartilage,
ligament or tendon  diagnostics  and healing.  In the area of  diagnostics,  the
OrthoSound  research  projects  address the potential use of ultrasound  for the
assessment of bone strength and fracture risk in  osteoporotic  patients and the
assessment of fracture healing.  In therapeutic  applications,  the focus of the
OrthoSound  research is on the potential use of ultrasound  for the treatment of
at-risk  fractures  to  increase  the  healing  rate  and  reduce  the  need for
subsequent surgical procedures. The Company has not yet applied for FDA approval
to market  OrthoSound  based  products,  and there can be no assurance  that the
Company will do so or that it would receive such approval if sought.

    Chrysalin.  In January  1998 the  Company  announced  it had made a minority
equity investment in Chrysalis  BioTechnology,  Inc. As part of the transaction,
the  Company  has been  awarded a  nine-month,  world-wide  exclusive  option to
license the  orthopedic  applications  of  Chrysalin,  a patented  23-amino acid
peptide that has shown promise in accelerating  the healing process of fractured
bones. In pre-clinical animal studies, Chrysalin was shown to double the rate of
fracture  healing with a single  injection  into the  fracture  gap. The Company
intends to conduct  pre-clinical  studies  during  1998,  and,  depending on the
results,  an  application  may be filed with the FDA to conduct  human  clinical
trials.  However,  there can be no assurance that the Company will do so or that
it would receive such approval if sought.
                                        3
<PAGE>
Marketing and Sales

    The  OrthoLogic  1000,  the  OrthoFrame  and the OrthoNail are prescribed by
orthopaedic surgeons and podiatrists practicing in private practices,  hospitals
and orthopaedic  and podiatric  treatment  centers.  The Company is focusing its
marketing and sales efforts on these groups,  with particular  emphasis on those
clinicians  who treat bone healing  problems.  CPM products  are  prescribed  by
orthopaedic  surgeons,  hospitals,  orthopaedic trauma centers and allied health
professionals.  CPM devices are leased to the patient, typically for a period of
one to three  weeks.  Orthopaedic  surgeons  purchase  Hyalyan from an exclusive
distributor  who sells Hyalgan under an agreement  with Sanofi  Pharmaceuticals,
Inc. The  Company's  sales force calls on  orthopeadic  surgeons to provide them
with product information relative to Hyalgan. Additionally, the Company utilizes
physician-to-physician  selling via  presentations  and  scientific and clinical
articles published in medical journals.

    As a result of the  Company's  transition  during 1996 to an internal  sales
force,  the Company's  sales and marketing  efforts now are primarily  conducted
directly through the Company's own sales people. Of the Company's  approximately
565 employees at December 31, 1997,  approximately 300 are involved in sales and
marketing.  The  Company  employs 12 area vice  presidents  to manage  territory
sales,  each of whom has  responsibility  for the Company's  sales and marketing
efforts  in  a  designated   geographic  area.   During  the  year  the  Company
restructured  its sales force to reduce the number of area vice  presidents  and
direct sales people. In late 1997, the Company created a single sales management
structure  to oversee the entire  sales  force.  Prior to this change  there was
separate management for the fracture healing and orthopedic rehabilitation sales
forces.  See  "Item 7 --  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Dependence on Sales Force."

    Through  the  efforts  of  the  Company's  specialized  direct  sales  force
servicing  third party payors,  the Company has  contracted  with over 400 third
party payors,  including various Blue Cross/Blue Shield  organizations,  and the
Department of Veteran Affairs. In addition,  the Company is an approved Medicare
provider and is also an approved Medicaid provider for a majority of states.

    OrthoFrame and  OrthoFrame/Mayo  products are sold  internationally  through
distributors  located in European and South American countries.  Currently,  the
OrthoLogic  1000 is not  marketed  internationally.  However,  the  Company  has
entered into a cooperative  business  development  arrangement  with Tokyo-based
Mitsubishi Chemical  Corporation to collaborate in seeking approval from Japan's
Ministry of Health and Welfare for  reimbursement  and the use of the OrthoLogic
1000 by Japanese national insurance. The Company's March 1997 acquisition of the
assets of a Canadian CPM  manufacturer may also increase the Company's access to
international markets.  Historically, the Company's export sales as a percentage
of net sales have been less than 1%. The Company  believes that this  percentage
may increase due to its recent  acquisitions of businesses with more significant
international sales. See "Item 1 -- Business -- General."

    While  OrthoLogic has not experienced  seasonality of revenues from sales of
the  OrthoLogic  1000,  OrthoFrame  and  OrthoNail,  revenues  from  leasing CPM
equipment  are  seasonal.  CPM  devices  are used most  commonly  as adjuncts to
surgery and historically the strongest quarter tends to be the fourth quarter of
the  calendar  year.  The  Company  believes  this  trend  may  be  because  (i)
individuals tend to put off elective  surgical  intervention  until later in the
year when their  insurance  deductibles  have been met, and (ii)  sports-related
injuries  tend to increase in the fall and winter  months.  The Company does not
believe that revenues for Hyalgan will be seasonal.

Research and Development

    The  Company's   research  and  development  staff  presently   includes  21
individuals,  of whom 4 hold doctoral  (Ph.D.  or D.V.M.)  degrees.  Individuals
within the research and development  organization  have extensive  experience in
the areas of  biomaterials,  bioengineering,  animal  modeling and cell biology.
Research and  development  efforts  emphasize  product  engineering,  activities
related to the clinical trials conducted by the Company and basic research. With
regard to basic research,  the research and development  staff conducts in-house
research projects in the area of fracture  healing.  The staff also supports and
monitors external research projects in biophysical stimulation of growth factors
and the  potential use of ultrasound  technology in diagnostic  and  therapeutic
applications relating to bone, cartilage,  ligament or tendon. Both the in-house
and external research and development  projects also provide technical marketing
support for the Company's  products and explore the  development of new products
and also additional  therapeutic  applications  for existing  products.  Product
engineering activities are primarily related to improvements in the CPM devices.
The Company also has a clinical  regulatory  group that  initiates  and monitors
clinical trials. The Company's research and
                                        4
<PAGE>
development  expenditures totaled $2.1 million, $2.2 million and $2.3 million in
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  See "Item 7 --
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

Manufacturing

    The  Company  assembles  the  OrthoLogic  1000 from parts  supplied by third
parties,  performs  tests on both  the  components  and  assembled  product  and
calibrates  the  assembled  product to  specifications.  The  Company  currently
purchases  the  microprocessor  used in the  OrthoLogic  1000 from a sole source
supplier.  The OrthoLogic 1000 is not dependent on this  microprocessor  and the
Company   believes  that  it  could  be  redesigned   to   incorporate   another
microprocessor.  At any point in time,  the  Company  maintains  a supply of the
microprocessor  on hand to meet its sales  forecast  for at least  one year.  In
addition, the magnetic field sensor employed in the OrthoLogic 1000 is available
from two sources. Establishment of additional or replacement suppliers for these
components cannot be accomplished  quickly.  Other components and materials used
in the  manufacture  and  assembly of the  OrthoLogic  1000 are  available  from
multiple sources.

    The Company  assembles  the  OrthoFrame  and  OrthoNail  products from parts
supplied by third parties. These products are packaged and sterilized by outside
sources and shipped by the Company from its facilities.  The composite  material
components of the  OrthoFrame  products are currently  sourced from two vendors.
Establishment of additional or replacement suppliers for these components cannot
be accomplished  quickly.  The Company maintains a supply of these components on
hand to meet its sales  forecast for at least six months.  Other  components and
materials used in the  manufacture  and assembly of the OrthoFrame  products are
readily available from multiple sources. See "Item 7 -- Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations -- Dependence on
Key Suppliers."

    The Company  assembles CPM devices from parts that it manufactures  in-house
or purchases  from third  parties.  These parts are  assembled,  calibrated  and
tested at the Company's  facilities in Pickering  (outside of Toronto),  Canada.
The Company purchases several CPM components, including microprocessors,  motors
and custom key panels from sole-source suppliers.  The Company believes that its
CPM products are not  dependent on these  components  and could be redesigned to
incorporate  comparable   components.   The  Company  places  orders  for  these
components to meet sales forecast for six months. Other components and materials
used in the manufacture and assembly of CPM products are available from multiple
sources.

    The Company  purchases  other  orthopaedic  products  fully  assembled  from
third-party suppliers. These products are available from multiple sources.

    Fidia  S.p.A.,  an  Italian  corporation,   manufactures  Hyalgan  under  an
agreement with Sanofi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Future revenues of the Company could
be adversely affected in the event Fidia S.p.A.  experiences  disruptions in the
manufacture of Hyalgan.

Competition

    The orthopaedic industry is characterized by rapidly evolving technology and
intense  competition.  With  respect to the  treatment  of bone  fractures,  the
Company believes that patients with non-healing  fractures are primarily treated
with surgery,  and this represents the Company's primary  competition,  although
other  manufacturers  of  noninvasive  bone growth  stimulators  also  represent
competition  for the OrthoLogic  1000. The Company's main  competitors for these
products  are  Electro-Biology,  Inc.  ("EBI"),  a subsidiary  of Biomet,  Inc.,
OrthoFix  International  N.V.  ("OrthoFix")  and Biolectron  Inc.  Exogen,  Inc.
markets a nonthermal  ultrasound  device for the  acceleration  of the time to a
healed fracture for closed,  cast immobilized,  fresh fractures of the tibia and
distal  radius.  With  respect  to the  adjunctive  treatment  of spinal  fusion
surgery,  the Company expects its primary competitors for its products to be EBI
and OrthoFix.  With respect to external fixation devices,  the Company's primary
competitors are OrthoFix,  Howmedica,  Inc. (a subsidiary of Pfizer, Inc.), EBI,
Smith & Nephew Richards, Inc., Synthes, Inc. and ACE Orthopedic Manufacturing (a
division of Depuy, Inc.). The same group of companies and Applied  OsteoSystems,
Inc.  represent its primary  competition in the internal  fixation  market.  The
Company's primary competitors in the United States for CPM devices are privately
held  Thera-Kinetics,  Inc., many independent  owners/lessors of CPM devices and
suppliers  of  traditional   orthopaedic   rehabilitation   services   including
orthopaedic immobilization and follow up physical therapy. The Company also
                                        5
<PAGE>
believes that there are several foreign CPM device  manufacturers  and providers
with whom the Company will compete if it increases  international  sales efforts
or as  those  competitors  sell in the  United  States.  The  Company's  primary
competitor for Hyalgan is Biomatrix,  Inc. which introduced a competing  product
in late 1997.

    Many of the Company's  competitors have substantially  greater resources and
experience  in  research  and  development,   obtaining  regulatory   approvals,
manufacturing,  and  marketing and sales of medical  devices and  services,  and
therefore  represent  significant  competition  for the Company.  The Company is
aware that its  competitors  are  conducting  clinical  trials for other medical
applications of their respective technologies.  In addition, other companies are
developing  or may develop a variety of other  products and  technologies  to be
used in CPM devices,  the treatment of fractures and spinal  fusions,  including
growth factors, bone graft substitutes combined with growth factors,  nonthermal
ultrasound and the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis of the knee.
The Company  believes that  competition  is based on, among other  factors,  the
safety and efficacy of products in the marketplace,  physician  familiarity with
the product, ease of patient use, product reliability,  reputation, price, sales
and marketing capability and reimbursement.

    Any product  developed  by the Company that gains any  necessary  regulatory
approval  will have to compete  for  market  acceptance  and market  share in an
intensely competitive market. An important factor in such competition may be the
timing of market introduction of competitive products. Accordingly, the relative
speed with which the Company can develop products,  complete clinical testing as
well as any  necessary  regulatory  approval  processes  and  supply  commercial
quantities  of the product to the market  will be  critical  to its  competitive
success. There can be no assurance the Company can successfully compete on these
bases.  See  "Item  7 --  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -- Intense  Competition"  and "-- Rapid
Technological Change."

Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Rights

    The Company's practice is to require its employees, consultants and advisors
to execute a confidentiality agreement upon the commencement of an employment or
consulting  relationship  with the  Company.  The  agreements  provide  that all
confidential  information developed by or made known to an individual during the
course of the employment or consulting  relationship  will be kept  confidential
and not disclosed to third  parties  except in specified  circumstances.  In the
case of employees,  the agreements provide that all inventions  conceived by the
individual  relating to the  Company's  business  while  employed by the Company
shall be the  exclusive  property  of the  Company.  There can be no  assurance,
however,  that these  agreements  will  provide  meaningful  protection  for the
Company's trade secrets in the event of  unauthorized  use or disclosure of such
information.

    It is also the Company's policy to protect its owned and licensed technology
by, among other things,  filing patent applications for the technologies that it
considers  important to the  development  of its business.  The Company uses the
BioLogic(R)  technology  through a  worldwide  exclusive  license  granted  by a
corporation owned by university  professors who discovered the technology.  With
respect to the  BioLogic  technology,  the  delivery of such  technology  to the
patient and specific applications of such technology, the Company holds title to
four United  States  patents and to patents  issued in  Australia,  Switzerland,
Germany,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom,  as well  as to a  pending  patent
application  in Japan,  and holds an  exclusive  worldwide  license to 28 United
States patents, eight Australian patents, five Canadian patents and one Japanese
patent.  Currently there are five pending United States patent  applications and
multiple pending patent applications in Canada, Japan, and Europe. The Company's
license  for the  BioLogic  technology  extends  for the life of the  underlying
patents  (which are due to expire over a period of years  beginning  in 2006 and
extending  through 2014) and covers all  improvements  and applies to the use of
the  technology  for all medical  applications  in man and animals.  The license
provides for payment of royalties by the Company from the net sales  revenues of
products using the BioLogic technology.  The license agreement can be terminated
for breach of any  material  provision  of the  license.  See Note 4 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

    The Company  holds an  exclusive  worldwide  license to four  United  States
patents covering OrthoFrame products. The license, which extends for the life of
the  underlying  patents  (the  earliest of which issued in 1986) and covers all
improvements,  provides  for payment of  royalties by the Company from the sales
revenues of OrthoFrame  products.  The license provides for minimum royalties of
$100,000 per calendar year.  The license  agreement can be terminated for breach
of any material  provision of the license and, at the Company's option,  upon 60
days' notice to the licensor.
                                        6
<PAGE>
    The Company has been assigned four United States  patents  covering  methods
for ultrasonic bone assessment by noninvasively  and  quantitatively  evaluating
the status of bone tissue in vivo through  measurement of bone mineral  density,
strength and fracture risk.  Additionally,  patent  applications are pending for
this technology in the United States,  Canada,  Japan, and Europe as well as two
pending international applications.

    With respect to CPM technology,  the Company currently owns 17 United States
patents,  one pending United States patent  application,  two Canadian  patents,
three Canadian patent applications, two Japanese patents, and a European patent.
The issued United  States  patents on this  technology  are due to expire over a
period of years  beginning in the year 2001 and extending  through  2016.  These
patents  could  expire at an earlier date if the patents are not  maintained  by
paying  certain fees and/or  annuities to the United States Patent and Trademark
Office and/or  appropriate  foreign patent offices at certain intervals over the
life of the patents.  The pending United States patents, if issued,  would begin
to expire over a period of time  beginning  around 2015,  and could expire at an
earlier date, if not maintained as noted in the previous sentence.

    OrthoLogic(R),   OrthoLogic   &   Design(R),   OrthoFrame(R),   BioLogic(R),
SpinaLogic(R),    Tomorrow's   Technology   Today(R),   TALON(R),    CaseLog(R),
OrthoSonic(R),  Legasus  Sport  CPM(R),  LiteLift(R),  Sportlite(R),  Sutter(R),
Danninger Medical(R),  Mobilimb(R),  WaveFlex(R) and Totalcare(R) are  federally
registered trademarks of the Company. Additionally, the Company claims trademark
rights in PerioLogicTM, OsteoLogicTM, OrthoNailTM, OrthoSoundTM, QuickfixTM, CPM
9000ATTM, Legasus CPMTM, Sutter CarePlanTM, Home Rehab SystemTM and DanniflexTM.

    The Company has become aware of an  assertion in Germany  against one of its
recently acquired CPM patents.  The Company does not believe that it will have a
material  effect on the  Company.  The Company is not aware of any other  claims
that have been  asserted  against the Company for  infringement  of  proprietary
rights of third parties. There can be no assurance,  however, that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future.

Government Regulation

    The activities of the Company are regulated by foreign,  federal,  state and
local  governments.  Government  regulation  in  the  United  States  and  other
countries  is a  significant  factor in the  development  and  marketing  of the
Company's  products and in the Company's ongoing  manufacturing and research and
development  activities.  The Company and its products are  regulated by the FDA
under a number of statutes,  including the Medical Device Amendments Act of 1976
to the Federal Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Safe Medical  Devices Act of
1990 (collectively, the "FDC Act").

    The Company's current BioLogic  technology-based  products are classified as
Class III Significant Risk Devices,  which are subject to the most stringent FDA
review,  and are required to be tested under an IDE clinical  trial and approved
for  marketing  under a PMA. To begin human  clinical  studies the Company  must
apply to the FDA for an IDE. Generally,  preclinical laboratory and animal tests
are required to establish a scientific basis for granting of an IDE. Once an IDE
is granted,  clinical trials can commence which involve rigorous data collection
as specified in the IDE protocol.  After the clinical  trial is  completed,  the
data are compiled and submitted to the FDA in a PMA application. FDA approval of
a PMA application occurs after the applicant has established safety and efficacy
to the  satisfaction of the FDA. The FDA approval  process may include review by
an  FDA  advisory  panel.  Approval  of  a  PMA  application  includes  specific
requirements  for  labeling  of the medical  device  with regard to  appropriate
indications  for use. Among the  conditions for PMA approval is the  requirement
that the prospective manufacturer's quality control and manufacturing procedures
comply  with the FDA  regulations  setting  forth Good  Manufacturing  Practices
("GMP").  The FDA  monitors  compliance  with these  requirements  by  requiring
manufacturers  to register  with the FDA,  which  subjects  them to periodic FDA
inspections of manufacturing  facilities.  In addition,  the Company must comply
with  post-approval   reporting  requirements  of  the  FDA.  If  violations  of
applicable regulations are noted during FDA inspections, the continued marketing
of any  products  manufactured  by the Company  may be  adversely  affected.  No
significant  deficiencies  have been noted in FDA  inspections  of the Company's
manufacturing facilities.

    The OrthoFrame, OrthoFrame/Mayo Wrist Fixator and the OrthoNail are Class II
devices.  If a medical device  manufacturer can establish that a newly developed
device is "substantially equivalent" to a device that was legally marketed prior
to May 28, 1976, the date on which the Medical Device Amendments Act of 1976 was
enacted,  the manufacturer  may seek marketing  clearance from the FDA to market
the device by filing a 510(k) pre-market
                                        7
<PAGE>
notification   with  the  agency.   The  Company   obtained  510(k)   pre-market
notification clearances from the FDA for the OrthoFrame and OrthoNail products.

    The Company's  CPM devices are Class I devices  which do not require  510(k)
pre-market  notification.  However,  CPM  manufacturers  must  comply  with  GMP
regulations.  The devices must also meet Underwriters Laboratories standards for
electrical  safety. For sales to the European  Community,  CPM devices must meet
established  electromechanical safety and electromagnetic emissions regulations.
The  Company  also  expects  that  the  European  Community  will  soon  require
compliance  with  quality  control  standards.  The  Company  believes  that  it
currently complies with the new standards.

    Manufacturers  outside the United  States that export  devices to the United
States may be subject to FDA inspection.  The FDA generally  inspects  companies
every few years.  The frequency of inspection  depends upon the Company's status
with respect to regulatory compliance. To date, the Company's foreign operations
have not been the subject of any inspections conducted by the FDA.

    Under Canada's Food and Drugs Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder
(the "Food and Drugs  Act"),  the CPM devices sold by the Company do not require
any Canadian  regulatory  approvals  prior to their  introduction to the market.
However,  the  Company  must  provide  Health and  Welfare  Canada  with  notice
concerning  the sale of a device.  Notice for all of the CPM  devices  currently
manufactured  by the  Company in Canada has been  provided to Health and Welfare
Canada.  Subsequent to such notification,  Health and Welfare Canada may request
the  Company to provide it with the  results  of the  testing  conducted  on the
device.  If the results of such  testing do not  substantiate  the nature of the
benefits  claimed to be obtainable from the use of the device or the performance
characteristics  claimed  for such  device to the  satisfaction  of  Health  and
Welfare  Canada,  the sale of the  device in Canada  would be  prohibited  until
appropriate  results  had been  submitted.  The  Company  has not been  asked to
provide such testing results to the Canadian authorities.

    CPM devices must comply with the applicable provincial regulations regarding
the sale of electrical  products by receiving  the prior  approval of either the
Canadian  Standards   Association  ("CSA")  or  the  provincial   hydro-electric
authority, unless the device is otherwise exempt from such requirement. To date,
the  Company  believes  that its CPM  devices  have,  unless  otherwise  exempt,
obtained such necessary approvals prior to introduction to the market.

    The FDC Act regulates  the labeling of medical  devices to indicate the uses
for  which  they  are  approved,  both  in  connection  with  PMA  approval  and
thereafter,   including  any  sponsored  promotional   activities  or  marketing
materials  distributed  by or  on  behalf  of  the  manufacturer  or  seller.  A
determination  by the FDA that a manufacturer  or seller is engaged in marketing
of a product for other than its approved use may result in administrative, civil
or criminal  actions  against the  manufacturer  or seller.  In a warning letter
issued May 31, 1996, the FDA raised various issues regarding certain promotional
literature covering the OrthoLogic 1000 and other issues regarding the marketing
and alleged custom  configuration of the device.  Primarily,  the FDA questioned
the use in the Company's literature of the patient success rate reflected in the
patient registry data for the OrthoLogic 1000,  focusing on differences  between
the patient  populations in the original PMA and the subsequent patient registry
with respect to the time from injury to treatment.  The FDA did not question the
accuracy of the information reported in the patient registry data or the patient
success rate  reflected in that data.  In its May 31, 1996 letter,  the FDA also
questioned  whether  changes  had  been  made  in the  signal  frequency  of the
OrthoLogic  1000,  and raised  issues  with  respect to use of the FDA's name in
promotional  materials,  the  promotion  of the device as having the  ability to
stimulate  the human growth  factor IGF-II  pathway,  as well as an  independent
distributor's  promotion  of the device for  treatment  of the  non-appendicular
skeleton.  The Company  responded to the issues  addressed in the FDA's  letter,
including the  submission of a PMA  supplement  that included only registry data
for  patients  who met the original  PMA  criteria.  The FDA  approved  this PMA
supplement  with respect to patient  registry date in January 1997.  The Company
has agreed not to use the FDA name in its promotional literature,  agreed not to
promote or inventory devices for indications beyond those currently approved and
instituted a policy covering individual promotional correspondence between sales
representatives  and customers.  The Company also reaffirmed that at no time had
the Company  modified the signal frequency of the OrthoLogic 1000 and agreed not
to promote or inventory reconfigured devices until supplementary PMA approval is
received.  The Company and the FDA have resolved all of the issues raised in the
May 31, 1996 letter.  The FDA approved the use of pre-clinical  research data in
the  marketing  of the  OrthoLogic  1000 in May 1997 by  granting  a  pre-market
approval  supplement  for  a  brochure,   titled  "Biophysical   Stimulation  of
Fracture-Healing Mediated by IGF-II."
                                        8
<PAGE>
    In 1992,  the previous  owners of certain of the  Company's  CPM  businesses
received   correspondence  from  the  FDA  regarding  operating  procedures  and
deviations  from GMP  practices.  The Company  believes  that those  issues were
resolved before it acquired the businesses.

    Regulations  governing human clinical studies outside the United States vary
widely from country to country.  Historically,  some  countries  have  permitted
human studies earlier in the product  development  cycle than the United States.
This disparity in regulation of medical devices may result in more rapid product
approvals in certain foreign  countries than the United States,  while approvals
in countries such as Japan may require longer periods than in the United States.
In addition,  although certain of the Company's products have undergone clinical
trials in the  United  States  and  Canada,  such  products  have not  undergone
clinical studies in any other foreign country and the Company does not currently
have any arrangements to begin any such foreign studies.

    Hyalgan is considered a Class III Significant  Risk Device and is subject to
the  same  clinical  trial  and  GMP  reviews  as  described  for  the  BioLogic
technology-based  products. The product is manufactured by Fidia S.p.A. in Italy
and is imported into the United States. As a result each shipment of the product
into the United States is subject to inspections, including by the United States
Department of Agriculture.  The import of Hyalgan could be delayed or denied for
numerous reasons, and if this occurs, it could have a material adverse affect on
sales of the product. To the Company's  knowledge,  no significant  deficiencies
have been noted in the FDA inspections of Fidia S.p.A.'s manufacturing facility.

    The process of obtaining  necessary  government  approvals is time-consuming
and expensive.  There can be no assurance  that the necessary  approvals for new
products  or  applications  will be  obtained  by the  Company  or,  if they are
obtained, that they will be obtained on a timely basis. Furthermore, the Company
or the FDA must suspend  clinical trials upon a determination  that the subjects
or patients are being exposed to an  unreasonable  health risk. The FDA may also
require  post-approval  testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects
of the Company's products.  In addition to regulations  enforced by the FDA, the
Company is also subject to regulations under the Occupational  Safety and Health
Act, the  Environmental  Protection Act, the Toxic  Substances  Control Act, the
Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act and other present and potential  future
federal,  state and local  regulations.  The  ability of the  Company to operate
profitably  will depend in part upon the Company  obtaining and  maintaining all
necessary certificates, permits, approvals and clearances from the United States
and foreign and other  regulatory  authorities  and operating in compliance with
applicable  regulations.  Failure to comply with regulatory  requirements  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations. Regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of the
Company's  current  products or other products that may be developed or acquired
by the Company are subject to change. The Company cannot predict what impact, if
any,  such  changes  might  have on its  business.  See "Item 7 --  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Government Regulation" and "-- Condition of Acquired Facilities."

Third Party Payment

    Most medical  procedures  are reimbursed by a variety of third party payors,
including  Medicare and private insurers.  The Company's  strategy for obtaining
reimbursement  authorization  for its  products is to  establish  their  safety,
efficacy and cost effectiveness as compared to other treatments.  The Company is
an approved  Medicare  provider and is also an approved  Medicaid provider for a
majority of states. The Company contracts with over 400 third party payors as an
approved  provider  for  its  fracture  healing  and  orthopedic  rehabilitation
products,  including  the  Department  of  Veterans  Affairs  and  various  Blue
Cross/Blue Shield organizations.  Because the process of obtaining reimbursement
for products through  third-party payors is longer than through direct invoicing
of patients,  the Company must maintain  sufficient  working  capital to support
operations  during the collection  cycle. In addition,  third party payors as an
industry have undergone  consolidation  and that trend appears to be continuing.
The  concentration  of such  economic  power may  result in third  party  payors
obtaining  additional  leverage  and thus  negatively  affecting  the  Company's
profitability and cash flows.

    As part of the  Company's  efforts to  establish  its  primary  products  as
treatments of choice among third party payors,  the Company has entered into two
consulting agreements with practicing physicians. These physicians were retained
by the Company to increase product  acceptance,  respond to inquiries from other
clinicians  regarding the Company's products or to assist the Company in seeking
third  party  payor   endorsement  of  practice  pattern  changes.   Significant
uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement  status of newly approved health care
products such as of those that may be
                                        9
<PAGE>
offered by the Company,  and there can be no assurance that adequate third party
coverage will  continue to be available  for the  Company's  products at current
levels.  See  "Item 7 --  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and Results of  Operations  --  Limitations  on Third Party  Payment;
Uncertain Effects of Managed Care."

Product Liability Insurance

    The business of the Company  entails the risk of product  liability  claims.
The Company maintains a product liability and general liability insurance policy
and  an  umbrella  excess  liability  policy.  There  can be no  assurance  that
liability  claims will not exceed the  coverage  limit of such  policies or that
such insurance will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or
at all.  Consequently,  product  liability  claims could have a material adverse
effect on the  business,  financial  condition  and results of operations of the
Company.  The Company has not experienced any product  liability  claims to date
resulting  from  its  Fracture  Healing  Products.  To  date,  liability  claims
resulting from the Company's CPM Products have not had a material adverse effect
on business.  Additionally, the agreements by which the Company acquired its CPM
businesses  generally  require the seller to retain liability for claims arising
before the acquisition.  See "Item 7 -- Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  -- Risk of Product  Liability
Claims."

Year 2000 Compliance

    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only  two-digit  entries in the date code fields.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish twenty-first century dates
from twentieth century dates. The Company is in the process of consolidating its
software and hardware  systems to a single  integrated  system from the multiple
systems maintained from the acquisitions  completed in late 1996 and early 1997.
The new integrated  system is certified to be Year 2000  compliant.  The Company
believes  that  payment  systems of third party  payors may not yet be Year 2000
compliant.  In the event that such  systems are not made  compliant  in a timely
manner,  claims  processing  and  reimbursement  payments  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.

Employees

    As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had 567  employees,  including  298 in
sales and marketing,  21 in research and development and clinical and regulatory
affairs,  approximately  11 in  managed  care,  83 in  reimbursement  and 154 in
manufacturing,  finance and  administration.  The managed  care staff is charged
with changing the practice  patterns of the  orthopaedic  community  through the
influence of third party payors on treatment regimes.  The Company believes that
the success of its business  will depend,  in part,  on its ability to identify,
attract and retain qualified personnel.  In the future, the Company will need to
add additional skilled personnel or retain consultants in such areas as research
and development,  manufacturing  and marketing and sales. The Company  considers
its  relationship  with its  employees to be good.  See "Item 7 --  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Dependence on Key Personnel; Recent Management Changes."
                                       10
<PAGE>
Item 2.     Properties

    The Company  leases  facilities in Tempe,  Arizona and  Pickering,  Ontario,
Canada.  These  facilities are designed and constructed for industrial  purposes
and are located in  industrial  districts.  Each  facility  is suitable  for the
Company's  purposes  and is  effectively  utilized.  The table  below sets forth
certain information about the Company's principal facilities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Approx.
Location                    Square Feet             Lease Expires          Description         Principal Activity
- --------                    -----------             -------------          -----------         ------------------
<S>                           <C>                       <C>          <C>                       <C>                
Tempe                         80,000                    11/07        2-story, in industrial    Fracture healing
                                                                     park                      products and executive
                                                                                               offices

Pickering                     28,500                    2/99         1-story,  in              CPM assembly
                                                                     industrial park
</TABLE>

    The Company believes that each facility is well maintained.

    In March 1997, the Company began a restructuring plan to consolidate all CPM
manufacturing  in its Toronto  facility and all CPM  administrative  and service
functions in Phoenix.  The  consolidation  was complete at the end of 1997.  The
Company  has  ceased  operations  at  facilities  in San  Diego,  California  in
connection with the  consolidation.  See "Item 7 -- Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  Results of Operations -- Condition of Acquired
Facilities."

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

    On June 24, 1996, and on several days thereafter, lawsuits were filed in the
United States District Court for the District of Arizona against the Company and
certain  officers and directors  alleging  violations  of Sections  10(b) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and SEC Rule 10b-5 promulgated
thereunder, and, as to other defendants,  Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. See
"Item 7 -- Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition Results
of Operations -- Potential Adverse Outcome of Litigation." These lawsuits are:

    Mark Silveria v. Allan M. Weinstein, Allen R. Dunaway, David E. Derminio and
OrthoLogic  Corporation,  Cause No.  CIV  96-1563  PHX EHC,  filed in the United
States District Court for the District of Arizona (Phoenix  Division) on July 1,
1996.

    Derric C. Chan and Anna Chan as  attorney  in fact for  Moon-Yung  Chow,  on
behalf  of  themselves  and  all  others   similarly   situated  v.   OrthoLogic
Corporation, Allan M. Weinstein, Frank P. Magee and David E. Derminio, Cause No.
CIV 96-1514 PHX RCB, filed in the United States  District Court for the District
of Arizona (Phoenix Division) on June 21, 1996.

    Jeffrey M. Boren and Charles E.  Peterson,  Jr., on behalf of themselves and
all others similarly  situated v. Allan M. Weinstein and OrthoLogic Corp., Cause
No. CIV  96-1520  PHX RCB,  filed in the United  States  District  Court for the
District of Arizona on June 24, 1996.

    Jeffrey Draker,  on behalf of himself and all others  similarly  situated v.
Allan M. Weinstein and OrthoLogic Corp., Cause No. CIV 96-1667 PHX RCB, filed in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona (Phoenix  Division)
on July 16, 1996.

    Edward and Eleanor Katz v. OrthoLogic  Corp. and Allan M.  Weinstein,  Cause
No. CIV  96-1668  PHX RGS,  filed in the United  States  District  Court for the
District of Arizona (Phoenix Division) on July 17, 1996.

    Mark J. Rutkin, Paul A. Wallace, Malcolm E. Brathwaite, Elaine K. Davies and
David G. Davies,  Larry E. Carder and Carl Hust, on behalf of themselves and all
others similarly situated v. Allan M. Weinstein, Allen R. Dunaway, David
                                       11
<PAGE>
E. Derminio and  OrthoLogic  Corp.,  Cause No. CIV 96-1678 PHX EHC, filed in the
United States District Court for the District of Arizona (Phoenix Division),  on
July 17, 1996.

    Frank J. DeFelice, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated v.
OrthoLogic Corp. and Allan M. Weinstein, Cause No. CIV 96-1713 PHX EHC, filed in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona (Phoenix Division),
on July 23, 1996.

    Scott  Longacre,  Joseph E.  Sheedy,  Trustee,  Rickie  Trainor,  W. Preston
Battle, III, Taylor D. Shepherd, Dianna Lynn Shepherd, Gordon H. Hogan, Trustee,
and  Dallas  Warehouse  Corp.,  Inc.,  on behalf of  themselves  and all  others
similarly situated v. Allan M. Weinstein,  Allen R. Dunaway,  David E. Derminio,
Frank P. Magee and OrthoLogic Corp., Cause No. CIV 96-1891 PHX PGR, filed in the
United States District Court for the District of Arizona  (Phoenix  Division) on
August 16, 1996.

    Jeffrey D. Bailey, Milton Berg, Bryan Boatwright,  Charles R. Campbell, Mark
and Cathy Daniel, Tom Drotar, Rudy Gonnella, David Gross, Janet Gustafson, Willa
P. Koretz,  Dr. Richard Lewis, John Maynard,  Margaret Milosh,  Michelle Milosh,
Theresa L. Onn, Ward B. Perry, William Schillings,  Darwin and Merle Sen, Nestor
Serrano  and Larry E. and  Gloria M.  Swanson v.  Allan M.  Weinstein,  Allen R.
Dunaway, David E. Derminio and OrthoLogic Corporation, Cause No. CIV 96-1910 PHX
PGR,  filed in the United  States  District  Court for the  District  of Arizona
(Phoenix Division) on August 19, 1996.

    Nancy Z. Kyser and Mark L. Nichols,  on behalf of themselves  and all others
similarly situated v. OrthoLogic Corporation, Allan M. Weinstein, Frank P. Magee
and David E. Derminio, Cause No. CIV 96-1937 PHX ROS, filed in the United States
District  Court for the  District of Arizona  (Phoenix  Division)  on August 22,
1996.

    Plaintiffs in these actions allege generally that information concerning the
May 31, 1996 letter received by the Company from the FDA regarding the Company's
OrthoLogic 1000 Bone Growth Stimulator,  and the matters set forth therein,  was
material  and  undisclosed,  leading to an  artificially  inflated  stock price.
Plaintiffs  further  allege  that  the  Company's   non-disclosure  of  the  FDA
correspondence  and of the alleged practices  referenced in that  correspondence
operated  as a fraud  against  plaintiffs,  in that the Company  allegedly  made
untrue statements of material facts or omitted to state material facts necessary
in order to make the statements not misleading.  Plaintiffs  further allege that
once the FDA letter became known,  a material  decline in the stock price of the
Company occurred, causing damage to plaintiffs. All plaintiffs seek class action
status,  unspecified  compensatory damages, fees and costs. Plaintiffs also seek
extraordinary,  equitable and/or injunctive relief as permitted by law. Pursuant
to court orders dated  December  17, 1996 and January 19,  1997,  the  preceding
actions were  consolidated  for all purposes before Judge  Broomfield in Arizona
federal  district  court,  and  lead  plaintiffs  and  counsel  were  appointed.
Thereafter,  the Company and its  officers  and  directors  moved to dismiss the
consolidated  amended  complaint  for  failure to state a claim.  On February 5,
1998,  Judge  Broomfield  dismissed the  consolidated  amended  complaint in its
entirety against the Company and its officers and directors,  giving  plaintiffs
leave to amend all claims to cure all  deficiencies.  If any deficiencies with a
claim are not cured by  plaintiffs,  that claim will be dismissed with prejudice
as against the Company and its officers and directors.

    On or about June 20,  1996,  a lawsuit  entitled  Norman  Cooper,  et al. v.
OrthoLogic  Corp.,  et al.,  Cause No. CV 96- 10799,  was filed in the  Superior
Court,  Maricopa County,  Arizona.  The plaintiffs  allege violations of Arizona
Revised Statutes Sections 44-1991 (state securities fraud) and 44-1522 (consumer
fraud) and common law fraud based upon factual allegations substantially similar
to those alleged in the federal court class action  complaints.  Plaintiffs also
seek class action status,  unspecified  compensatory and punitive damages,  fees
and costs. Plaintiffs also seek injunctive and/or equitable relief. By agreement
of the parties, that action has been stayed while the federal actions proceed.

    On or about July 16, 1996, Jacob B. Rapoport filed a Shareholder  Derivative
Complaint  for Breach of Fiduciary  Duty and  Misappropriation  of  Confidential
Corporation  Information  (based on similar factual issues  underlying the above
lawsuits) in the Superior Court of the State of Arizona, Maricopa County, No. CV
96-12406  against  Allan M.  Weinstein,  John M.  Holliman,  Augustus  A. White,
Fredric J. Feldman, Elwood D. Howse, George A. Oram, Frank P. Magee and David E.
Derminio,  Defendants and OrthoLogic Corp.,  Nominal  Defendant.  On October 29,
1996 the defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the
District  of Arizona  (Phoenix  Division)  No. CIV 96-2451 PHX RCB on grounds of
diversity  pursuant to 28 U.S.C. ss. 1332.  Defendants filed a motion to dismiss
the complaint.  By agreement of the parties,  the case had been stayed pending a
decision on defendants' motion to dismiss
                                       12
<PAGE>
the consolidated amended class action complaint. The case continues to be stayed
pending  plaintiffs'  amendment  of  their  consolidated  amended  class  action
complaint in compliance with the Court's Order of Dismissal.

    The Company  continues to deny the substantive  allegations in the aforesaid
lawsuits and will continue to defend the action vigorously.

    In March  1998,  the  former  owner of the CPM assets  acquired  in the DMTI
acquisition  filed a lawsuit in the Court of Common  Pleas in  Franklin  County,
Ohio against the Company.  The plaintiff  alleges that the Company  breached the
acquisition  agreement by not satisfying  certain  liabilities it assumed in the
acquisition  and  that the  Company  breached  an  ancillary  agreement  for the
temporary  provision of services  following the acquisition.  Plaintiff has also
demanded  from the Court of Common Pleas a  declaration  that the Company is not
entitled  to cash  escrowed  in the  acquisition.  The  Company  had  previously
demanded  indemnification  from this plaintiff and had asked the escrow agent to
deliver   escrowed  cash  to  it  as  a  result  of   plaintiff's   breaches  of
representations and warranties in the acquisition agreement.  The Company denies
these allegations and will defend the action vigorously.

    In  February  1997,  the  Company  received  a letter  from  the  California
Department of Industrial  Relations  Division of Occupational  Safety and Health
regarding an informal complaint  involving certain physical problems with one of
the facilities  leased by Sutter prior to its  acquisition  by the Company.  The
Company responded to the letter in March 1997 and believes that it has addressed
the issues  raised in that  letter.  See "Item 2 --  Properties"  and "Item 7 --
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Condition of Acquired Facilities."

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

    Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

    The following table sets forth information  regarding the executive officers
of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                  Age   Title
- ----                                  ---   -----
<S>                                   <C>   <C>
Thomas R. Trotter                     50    Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Frank P. Magee, D.V.M.                41    Executive Vice President, Research and Development
William C. Rieger                     48    Vice President, Marketing and Sales
Terry D. Meier                        59    Senior Vice President
Allen R. Dunaway                      43    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
MaryAnn G. Miller                     40    Vice President, Human Resources
</TABLE>

    Thomas R.  Trotter  joined the  Company  as  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer and a Director in October 1997.  From 1988 to October 1997,  Mr. Trotter
held various  positions  at  Mallinckrodt,  Inc. in St.  Louis,  Missouri,  most
recently  as  President  of the  Critical  Care  Division  and a  member  of the
Corporate  Management  Committee.  From 1984 to 1988, he was President and Chief
Executive  Officer of Diamond  Sensor  Systems,  a medical device company in Ann
Arbor, Michigan.  From 1976 to 1984, he held various senior management positions
at Shiley, Inc. (a division of Pfizer, Inc.) in Irvine, California.

    Frank P. Magee,  D.V.M.  joined the Company as a Vice  President in November
1989 and became Executive Vice President,  Research and Development in 1991. Mr.
Magee served as President  between  August 1997 and October  1997.  From 1984 to
1989,  Dr.  Magee  was head of  Experimental  Surgery  at  Harrington  Arthritis
Research  Center,  a   not-for-profit   independent   research  and  development
organization.

    William C.  Rieger  joined the  Company in January  1998 as Vice  President,
Marketing  and Sales.  From 1994 to 1997,  Mr.  Rieger held the position of Vice
President  of  Sales  and  Marketing  at  Hollister   Inc.,  a  privately   held
manufacturer
                                       13
<PAGE>
of medical products. From 1985-1994, he held several positions as Vice President
at Miles Inc. Diagnostic Division, a manufacturer of diagnostic products.

    Terry D. Meier joined the Company in March 1998 as Senior Vice President and
beginning  April 1, 1998,  will serve as its Vice President and Chief  Financial
Officer.  From 1974 to 1997, Mr. Meier held several  positions at  Mallinckrodt,
Inc., a healthcare and specialty chemicals company.  Most recently, he served as
their Vice  President  and  Corporate  Controller  and from 1989 to 1996, as the
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

    Allen R. Dunaway  joined the Company in February 1992 as its Vice  President
and Chief  Financial  Officer.  Mr.  Dunaway  has  entered  into a  Transitional
Employment Agreement with the Company.  Pursuant to that agreement,  Mr. Dunaway
will serve as Chief  Financial  Officer through March 31, 1998 and will serve at
the direction of the Chief Executive Officer thereafter.

    MaryAnn G. Miller joined the Company as Vice President of Human Resources in
October 1996.  From November 1995 to June 1996,  Ms. Miller was Human  Resources
Director  for  Southwestco  Wireless,  Inc.  doing  business as  CellularOne,  a
subsidiary   of  Bell   Atlantic   Nynex   Mobile,   a  provider   of   wireless
telecommunications  services in the  Southwest.  From October 1992 to July 1995,
Ms.  Miller  was  a  human  resources  officer  with  Firstar   Corporation,   a
Wisconsin-based  bank holding  company.  She was previously First Vice President
and Regional Human Resources Director of Firstar from January 1994 to July 1995.
14
<PAGE>
                                     PART II
                                     -------

Item 5.     Market for the  Registrant's  Common Equity and Related  Stockholder
            Matters

    The information  under the heading  "Stockholder  Information" on page 17 of
the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1997
(the "Annual Report") is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

    The  information  on pages 16 and 17 of the Annual  Report under the heading
"Selected Financial Data" is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7.     Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
            Results of Operations

    The  information  on pages 12  through  15 of the  Annual  Report  under the
heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" is incorporated herein by reference.

    The  Company  may from time to time  make  written  or oral  forward-looking
statements,  including  statements  contained in the Company's  filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and its reports to stockholders.  This Report
contains   forward-looking   statements  made  pursuant  to  the  "safe  harbor"
provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  In
connection with these "safe harbor" provisions, the Company identifies important
factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to differ  materially  from  those
contained in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company.
Any such  forward-looking  statement is qualified by reference to the  following
cautionary statements.

    Limited  History  of  Profitability;  Quarterly  Fluctuations  in  Operating
Results. The Company was founded in 1987 and only began generating revenues from
the sale of its primary product in 1994. The Company has experienced significant
operating  losses  since  its  inception  and  had  an  accumulated  deficit  of
approximately  $34.7  million at December 31, 1997.  While the Company was first
profitable  in the fourth  quarter of 1997,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company will ever generate sufficient revenues to attain operating profitability
or retain net  profitability  on an on-going  annual  basis.  In  addition,  the
Company may experience  fluctuations in revenues and operating  results based on
such  factors  as  demand  for the  Company's  products,  the  timing,  cost and
acceptance  of product  introductions  and  enhancements  made by the Company or
others,  levels of third party payment,  alternative  treatments which currently
exist or may be introduced in the future, completion of acquisitions, changes in
practice patterns, competitive conditions,  regulatory announcements and changes
affecting  the  Company's   products  in  the  industry  and  general   economic
conditions.  The development and  commercialization by the Company of additional
products will require substantial  product development and regulatory,  clinical
and other expenditures. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Competition."

    Potential  Adverse  Outcome of  Litigation.  The Company is a defendant in a
number of investor lawsuits relating generally to correspondence received by the
Company from the FDA in mid-1996  regarding the promotion and  configuration  of
the OrthoLogic  1000. See "Item 1 -- Business --  Governmental  Regulation"  and
"Item 3 -- Legal  Proceedings."  The Company  intends to defend  these  lawsuits
vigorously. However, an adverse litigation outcome would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Dependence on Sales Force. A substantial  portion of the Company's sales are
generated  through  the  Company's  internal  sales force of  approximately  165
employees. During 1996, the Company shifted its primary focus from sales through
independent  orthopaedic  specialty  dealers to an internal  sales  force.  This
internal sales force  requires the Company to devote greater  resources to sales
training and management. In addition, the Company is faced with the challenge of
managing and  effectively  motivating a much larger sales force than it has ever
had.  Moreover,  many of those new salespeople are  inexperienced in selling the
Company's  products,  and salespeople  historically  experience a learning curve
before they become  efficient,  if at all.  There can be no  assurance  that the
internal  sales force will be able to maintain or exceed the Company's  historic
sales through  independent  specialty dealers.  The Company's  marketing success
depends  in large  part upon the  ability of sales and  marketing  personnel  to
demonstrate  to potential  customers the benefits of the Company's  products and
their  advantages over competing  products and surgical  procedures.  In January
1998 the sales  management was  restructured so that  territories are determined
based only on geography and not on geography and devices.  As a result,  certain
members of sales management are now responsible for devices not
                                       15
<PAGE>
previously within their area of  responsibility.  There can be no assurance that
these   individuals   will  be  able  to  manage   their  new   responsibilities
successfully. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Marketing and Sales."

    Dependence on Key Personnel;  Recent Management Changes.  The success of the
Company is  dependent in large part on the ability of the Company to attract and
retain its key management,  operating,  technical, marketing and sales personnel
as well as clinical  investigators  who are not  employees of the Company.  Such
individuals are in high demand, and the identification, attraction and retention
of such personnel could be lengthy,  difficult and costly.  The Company competes
for its  employees  and  clinical  investigators  with  other  companies  in the
orthopaedic  industry and research  and academic  institutions.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to attract  and retain the  qualified
personnel  necessary  for the expansion of its  business.  In 1996,  the Company
hired a new President  who  subsequently  resigned in February  1997. In October
1997,  the Company  hired a new  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer and in
December 1997, the Company filled the newly created  position of Vice President,
Marketing Worldwide. A loss of the services of one or more members of the senior
management  group, or the Company's  inability to hire  additional  personnel as
necessary,  could have an adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Employees."

    Historical  Dependence  on Primary  Product;  Future  Products.  During 1997
revenues from CPM devices reduced the Company's  dependence on revenues from the
OrthoLogic  1000.  However,  the Company  believes  that,  to sustain  long-term
growth,  it must develop and introduce  additional  products and expand approved
indications for its existing products.  The development and commercialization by
the Company of additional products will require substantial product development,
regulatory, clinical and other expenditures.  There can be no assurance that the
Company's  technologies  will  allow  it  to  develop  new  products  or  expand
indications for existing products in the future or that the Company will be able
to manufacture or market such products successfully.  Any failure by the Company
to develop new  products  or expand  indications  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Item 1 -- Business -- Products" and "Item 1 -- Business -- Competition."

    Uncertainty of Market  Acceptance.  The Company believes that the demand for
bone growth  stimulators  is still  developing  and the  Company's  success will
depend in part upon the growth of this demand.  There can be no  assurance  that
this demand will develop.  The long-term  commercial  success of the  OrthoLogic
1000 will also depend in significant  part upon its  widespread  acceptance by a
significant  portion  of  the  medical  community  as a  safe,  efficacious  and
cost-effective  alternative  to  invasive  procedures.  The Company is unable to
predict how  quickly,  if at all, its products may be accepted by members of the
orthopaedic  medical  community.  The  widespread  acceptance  of the  Company's
primary products  represents a significant  change in practice  patterns for the
orthopaedic  medical  community  and in  reimbursement  policy  for third  party
payors.  Historically,  some orthopaedic  medical  professionals  have indicated
hesitancy  in  prescribing  bone  growth  stimulator   products  such  as  those
manufactured by the Company. The use of CPM is more widely accepted, however the
Company  must  continue to prove that the  products  are safe,  efficacious  and
cost-effective in order to maintain and grow its market share.  Hyalgan is a new
therapeutic  treatment for relief of pain from  osteoarthritis  of the knee. The
long-term  commercial  success of the product  will  depend upon its  widespread
acceptance  by a  significant  portion of the medical  community and third party
payors as a safe, efficacious and cost-effective  alternative to other treatment
options such as simple analgesics.  Failure of the Company's products to achieve
widespread  market  acceptance by the  orthopaedic  medical  community and third
party payors would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.  See "Item 1 -- Business -- Third
Party Payment."

    Integration of  Acquisitions.  The Company  acquired  Sutter  Corporation in
August 1996, and certain assets of each of TMC and DMTI in March 1997. See "Item
1 --  Business --  General."  Successful  integration  of such  acquisitions  is
critical to the future financial  performance of the combined Company.  Complete
integration of any acquisition could take several quarters or more to accomplish
and will require,  among other things,  integration of the companies' respective
product offerings and coordination of their sales and marketing,  reimbursement,
manufacturing and research and development  efforts.  The process of integrating
companies may also cause  management's  attention to be diverted from  operating
the Company,  and any difficulties  encountered in the transition  process could
have an  adverse  impact on the  business,  financial  condition  and  operating
results of the  Company.  In addition,  the process of  combining  organizations
could cause the  interruption  of, or a loss of momentum in, the  activities  of
either or both of the companies' businesses,  which could have an adverse effect
on their combined operations.
                                       16
<PAGE>
    The difficulty of combining  companies is increased by the need to integrate
the personnel and the geographic  distance  between  companies.  Changes brought
about  by  any  acquisition  may  cause  key  employees  or to  terminate  their
relationship  with the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the  combined
Company  will  retain the  employees  and or that the Company  will  realize any
potential  benefits of any  acquisitions.  In addition,  the Company might incur
significant  integration  or  additional  operating  costs  associated  with  an
acquisition.  There can be no assurance that such costs will not have an adverse
effect upon the Company's operating results, particularly in the fiscal quarters
following  the  consummation  of any  acquisition,  while the  operations of the
acquired business are being integrated into the Company's operations.  There can
be no assurance  that,  following any  acquisition,  the Company will be able to
operate any acquired business on a profitable basis.

    In the first quarter of 1997, the Company commenced the consolidation of the
recent acquisitions. The administrative operations,  manufacturing and servicing
operations were  consolidated by the end of 1997. The sales force management was
consolidated  in early 1998 and  computer  hardware  and  software  systems  are
expected to be completed in mid 1998.

    Limited Combined Operating History and Results.  The Company acquired Sutter
in  August  1996 and  certain  assets  of each of TMC and  DMTI in  March  1997.
Financial  results of Sutter,  TMC and DMTI before  August 1996,  March 1997 and
March 1997,  respectively,  reflect  operations  when those  businesses were not
under the  Company's  management  and, as such,  may not be indicative of future
operating   results.   Although  the  Company  does  not  anticipate   incurring
significant  additional operating costs associated with the acquisitions,  there
can be no assurance  that such costs will not be incurred or that the  purchase,
or any other  acquisition,  will not have an adverse  effect upon the  Company's
operating  results while the operations are being  integrated into the Company's
operations.  There can be no assurance  that,  following  any  acquisition,  the
Company will be able to operate the purchased  business on a profitable basis or
that the Company will be able to recover any excess of the purchase price of the
business acquired over its tangible book value.

    Condition  of  Acquired  Facilities.  The Company  has  determined  that the
facilities  acquired in the acquisition of Sutter had several physical problems,
primarily  resulting  from  excessive  moisture  and  water  leaks.  Two  Sutter
employees have filed related worker's  compensation claims, and these two claims
are being processed by Sutter's worker's compensation carrier. In addition,  the
lack of  maintenance  has  allegedly  caused  some  structural  problems  at one
facility,  and employee  complaints  based upon these  problems  have led to two
informal  complaints by the  California  Department of Industrial  Relations and
Division  of  Occupational  Safety  and  Health.  Sutter has  responded  to both
complaints  and continues to work with its landlord to correct the problems.  In
addition, Sutter has notified the prior owners of Sutter of the problems because
the prior owners may be the responsible  party under the  acquisition  agreement
for any required  remedies.  Sutter has vacated the  leasehold  premises of both
Sutter facilities. Sutter vacated a manufacturing facility in conjunction with a
negotiated  lease  termination.  Sutter also  vacated a mixed use  facility  and
notified that landlord of its termination of the lease due to acts and omissions
of the landlord.  That landlord  claims that rent remains unpaid but has not yet
responded to Sutter's claim that the lease has been terminated.  Damages, claims
and future  discoveries  regarding the  maintenance  of the  facilities by prior
occupants  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Item 3 -- Legal Proceedings"
and "Item 2 -- Properties."

    Management of Growth.  The Company has  experienced a period of rapid growth
in the  expansion  of its product  line with the CPM devices and  Hyalgan.  This
growth has placed,  and could  continue to place,  a  significant  strain on the
Company's  financial,  management  and other  resources.  The  Company's  future
performance  will  depend  in  part  on its  ability  to  manage  change  in its
operations,  including  integration  of acquired  businesses.  In addition,  the
Company's  ability to manage its growth  effectively will require it to continue
to improve its  manufacturing,  operational  and financial  control  systems and
infrastructure  and  management  information  systems,  and to  attract,  train,
motivate,  manage and retain key employees.  If the Company's management were to
become unable to manage growth effectively,  the Company's  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

    Limitations on Third Party Payment;  Uncertain  Effects of Managed Care. The
Company's  ability to  commercialize  its  products  successfully  in the United
States  and in  other  countries  will  depend  in part on the  extent  to which
acceptance of payment for such products and related  treatment  will continue to
be available from government health administration  authorities,  private health
insurers and other payors.  Cost control  measures adopted by third party payors
in recent  years have had and may continue to have a  significant  effect on the
purchasing and practice patterns of many health care
                                       17
<PAGE>
providers,  generally  causing  them to be more  selective  in the  purchase  of
medical products.  In addition,  payors are increasingly  challenging the prices
and  clinical  efficacy  of  medical  products  and  services.  Payors  may deny
reimbursement  if they  determine  that  the  product  used in a  procedure  was
experimental,  was  used  for  a  nonapproved  indication  or  was  unnecessary,
inappropriate,  not  cost-effective,   unsafe,  or  ineffective.  The  Company's
products are  reimbursed by most payors,  however  there are generally  specific
product  usage  requirements  or  documentation  requirements  in order  for the
Company  to  receive  reimbursement.  In certain  circumstances  the  Company is
successful in appealing  reimbursement coverage for those applications which are
not in  compliance  with  the  payor  requirements.  Medicare  has  very  strict
guidelines for reimbursement, and until the second quarter 1997, the Company had
some success in appealing  claims for  applications of the OrthoLogic 1000 which
were  outside the  coverage  guidelines.  During the second  quarter of 1997 the
Company  determined that Medicare would no longer  reimburse for such cases, and
the  Company  wrote  off all  Medicare  receivables  which  did not  meet  their
guidelines.  Significant  uncertainty  exists as to the reimbursement  status of
newly  approved  health  care  products,  such as  Hyalgan,  and there can be no
assurance  that adequate  third party  coverage will continue to be available to
the Company at current  levels.  Although  the Company has  recognized  some fee
revenue  under  the  Co-Promotion  Agreement  for  Hyalgan,  the  level  of fees
recognized  under the  Co-Promotion  Agreement  will  ultimately be dependent on
Medicare's assigned billing code and reimbursement  amount.  Failure to continue
to obtain  reimbursement  from payors at levels  acceptable to the Company could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Third Party Payment."

    Uncertainty and Potential Negative Effects of Health Care Reform. The health
care  industry is  undergoing  fundamental  changes  resulting  from  political,
economic and regulatory influences. In the United States, comprehensive programs
have been  proposed  that  seek to (i)  increase  access to health  care for the
uninsured,  (ii) control the escalation of health care  expenditures  within the
economy and (iii) use health  care  reimbursement  policies to help  control the
federal deficit.  The Company  anticipates that Congress and state  legislatures
will continue to review and assess  alternative health care delivery systems and
methods of payment, and public debate of these issues will likely continue.  Due
to uncertainties regarding the outcome of reform initiatives and their enactment
and  implementation,  the Company cannot  predict which,  if any, of such reform
proposals will be adopted and when they might be adopted.  Other  countries also
are  considering   health  care  reform.   The  Company's  plans  for  increased
international  sales are largely  dependent  upon other  countries'  adoption of
managed  care  systems and their  acceptance  of the  potential  benefits of the
Company's  products  and the belief that managed care plans will have a positive
effect  on  sales.  For the  reasons  identified  in this  and in the  preceding
paragraph,  however, those assumptions may be incorrect.  Significant changes in
health  care  systems are likely to have a  substantial  impact over time on the
manner in which the  Company  conducts  its  business  and could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations and ability to market its products as currently contemplated.

    Intense  Competition.  The orthopaedic  industry is characterized by intense
competition. Currently, there are three major competitors other than the Company
selling electromagnetic bone growth stimulation products approved by the FDA for
the  treatment of nonunion  fractures,  one large  domestic and several  foreign
manufacturers of CPM devices and one competitor selling a therapeutic injectable
for treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. The Company also competes with many
independent  owners/lessors  of CPM  devices in  addition  to the  providers  of
traditional orthopaedic immobilization products and rehabilitation services. The
Company estimates that one of its competitors has a dominant share of the market
for electromagnetic bone growth stimulation  products for non-healing  fractures
in the United States,  and another has a dominant share of the market for use of
their device as an adjunct to spinal  fusion  surgery.  In  addition,  there are
several large,  well-established  companies that sell fracture  fixation devices
similar in  function  to those sold by the  Company.  Many  participants  in the
medical  technology  industry,   including  the  Company's   competitors,   have
substantially  greater capital  resources,  research and development  staffs and
facilities than the Company.  Such participants have developed or are developing
products that may be  competitive  with the products that have been or are being
developed or researched by the Company. Other companies are developing a variety
of other products and  technologies to be used in CPM devices,  the treatment of
fractures and spinal fusions,  including growth factors,  bone graft substitutes
combined  with  growth  factors,  and  nonthermal  ultrasound.  One  company has
received  FDA approval for a  nonthermal  ultrasound  device to treat  nonsevere
fresh  fractures of the lower leg and lower  forearm.  There can be no assurance
that products  marketed by these or other  companies will not be sold for use in
treating  non-healing  fractures  or  spinal  fusions,  even in the  absence  of
regulatory  approval  to do so.  Any such sales  could  have a material  adverse
effect on the Company.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  have  substantially
greater  experience  than the Company in  conducting  research and  development,
obtaining regulatory approvals,  manufacturing and marketing and selling medical
devices.  Any failure by the Company to develop products that compete  favorably
in the marketplace
                                       18
<PAGE>
would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition  and results of  operations.  See "Item 1 -- Business -- Research  and
Development" and "Item 1 -- Business -- Competition."

    Rapid Technological  Change. The medical device industry is characterized by
rapid and significant  technological  change. There can be no assurance that the
Company's  competitors  will not succeed in developing or marketing  products or
technologies  that are more effective or less costly,  or both, and which render
the  Company's   products   obsolete  or   noncompetitive.   In  addition,   new
technologies,  procedures  and  medications  could be developed  that replace or
reduce the value of the Company's products. The Company's success will depend in
part on its  ability to respond  quickly to medical  and  technological  changes
through  the  development  and  introduction  of new  products.  There can be no
assurance that the Company's new product  development efforts will result in any
commercially successful products. A failure to develop new products could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Research and Development."

    Government  Regulation.  The  Company's  current  and  future  products  and
manufacturing  activities  are and will be  regulated  under the Medical  Device
Amendments  Act of 1976 to the  Food,  Drug and  Cosmetic  Act and the 1990 Safe
Medical Devices Act. The Company's  current BioLogic  technology-based  products
and Hyalgan are  classified as Class III  Significant  Risk  Devices,  which are
subject to the most  stringent  level of FDA review for medical  devices and are
required to be tested under IDE clinical trials and approved for marketing under
a PMA. The  Company's  fracture  fixation  devices are Class II devices that are
marketed  pursuant to 510(k)  clearance  from the FDA. The Company  received PMA
approval from the FDA in March 1994 and commenced  marketing the OrthoLogic 1000
for the  treatment  of nonunion  fractures.  The  Company  has  completed a data
analysis of a clinical trial of the OrthoLogic 1000 for the treatment of delayed
union fractures,  and based on this analysis, the Company believes that a larger
number of patients is required to establish  statistical  significance before it
submits a supplement  to its existing PMA for such  indication.  There can be no
assurance  that  the  expansion  of  this  study  will   establish   statistical
significance.  In addition,  there can be no  assurance  that the FDA will allow
expansion of the study without requiring a new clinical trial. If a new trial is
required,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  it  will  establish  statistical
significance leading to product approval. However, the Company recently combined
the  existing  data from the study  with  delayed  union data  collected  in the
Company's  Post  Marketing  Clinical  Registry.  This combined data set has been
analyzed and submitted to the FDA to support the Company's request to expand the
non-union  definition to include patients five months post-injury.  There can be
no assurance that this submission will result in regulatory approval.

    The Company  received  approval of an IDE for the SpinaLogic 1000 for use as
an adjunct to spinal fusion surgery in August 1992 and commenced clinical trials
for this product in February  1993.  The Company is in the process of evaluating
the results of the clinical trial for use of the  SpinaLogic  1000 as an adjunct
to spinal fusion surgery. In September 1995, the Company received an approval of
an IDE  supplement  for the  SpinaLogic  1000 for  treatment  of  failed  spinal
fusions.  The Company  commenced this study in the fourth quarter of 1995. There
can be no assurance that any such clinical trials will be successfully completed
or that, if  completed,  the results of such studies will  demonstrate  clinical
benefits or that the Company will receive regulatory approval for the OrthoLogic
1000 for the treatment of delayed union  fractures or other broader  indications
or for the SpinaLogic 1000 or for any other products.  Any significant  delay in
receiving or failure to receive  regulatory  approval of the Company's  products
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition  and results of  operations.  See "Item 1 -- Business -- Products" and
"Item 1 -- Business -- Government Regulation."

      The FDA and comparable agencies in many foreign countries and in state and
local governments impose substantial  limitations on the introduction of medical
devices through costly and  time-consuming  laboratory and clinical  testing and
other  procedures.  The process of obtaining FDA and other  required  regulatory
approvals is lengthy, expensive and uncertain.  Moreover,  regulatory approvals,
if granted,  typically include significant limitations on the indicated uses for
which a product may be marketed.  In addition,  approved products may be subject
to additional testing and surveillance programs required by regulatory agencies,
and product  approvals  could be  withdrawn  and  labeling  restrictions  may be
imposed for failure to comply with  regulatory  standards or upon the occurrence
of unforeseen problems following initial marketing.

    The Company is also  required to adhere to applicable  requirements  for FDA
Good  Manufacturing  Practices,  to  engage  in  extensive  record  keeping  and
reporting  and to make  available  its  manufacturing  facilities  for  periodic
inspections by governmental agencies,  including the FDA and comparable agencies
in other countries. Failure to comply with these and other applicable regulatory
requirements could result in, among other things, significant fines, suspension
                                       19
<PAGE>
of approvals,  seizures or recalls of products,  or operating  restrictions  and
criminal  prosecutions.  The Company has received letters from the FDA regarding
its regulatory  compliance.  The Company  believes that all issues raised in the
letters have been resolved. See "Item 1 -- Business -- Government Regulation."

    Changes in existing  regulations or interpretations of existing  regulations
or adoption  of new or  additional  restrictive  regulations  could  prevent the
Company from obtaining, or affect the timing of, future regulatory approvals. If
the Company experiences a delay in receiving or fails to obtain any governmental
approval  for any of its current or future  products or fails to comply with any
regulatory requirements, the Company's business, financial condition and results
of operations could be materially adversely affected. See "Item 1 -- Business --
Products" and "Item 1 -- Business -- Government Regulation."

    Dependence on Key Suppliers.  The Company purchases the microprocessor  used
in the OrthoLogic 1000 from a sole source  supplier,  Phillips N.V. In addition,
there are two suppliers for another  component used in the  OrthoLogic  1000 and
two suppliers for the composite material components of the OrthoFrame  products.
Establishment of additional or replacement  suppliers for the components  cannot
be  accomplished  quickly.  In  addition,  Hyalgan is  manufactured  by a single
company,  Fidia S.p.A. Fidia has been  manufacturing  Hyalgan for sale in Europe
since  1987.   The  Company   purchases   several  CPM   components,   including
microprocessors,  motors and custom key panels from sole-source  suppliers.  The
Company believes that its CPM products are not dependent on these components and
could be  redesigned to  incorporate  comparable  components.  While the Company
maintains a supply of certain OrthoLogic 1000 components to meet sales forecasts
for one year and OrthoFrame  components to meet sales forecasts for three months
and the  distributor  of Hyalgan  maintains a supply of product to last  several
months,  any delay or  interruption  in supply of these  components  or products
could  significantly  impair the  Company's  ability to deliver its  products in
sufficient  quantities,  and therefore,  could have a material adverse effect on
its  business,  financial  condition and results of  operations.  See "Item 1 --
Business -- Manufacturing."

    Dependence  on Patents,  Licenses  and  Proprietary  Rights.  The  Company's
success  will depend in  significant  part on its ability to obtain and maintain
patent protection for products and processes,  to preserve its trade secrets and
proprietary know-how and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of
third  parties.  While the Company  holds title to  numerous  United  States and
foreign patents and patent applications,  as well as licenses to numerous United
States and foreign  patents  (see "Item 1 -- Business -- Patents,  Licenses  and
Proprietary Rights"), no assurance can be given that any additional patents will
be issued or that the scope of any patent protection will exclude competitors or
that any of the patents held by or licensed to the Company will be held valid if
subsequently  challenged.  The validity and breadth of claims covered in medical
technology  patents involves  complex legal and factual  questions and therefore
may be highly  uncertain.  In addition,  although the Company  holds or licenses
patents  for  certain of its  technologies,  others may hold or receive  patents
which  contain  claims  having a scope that  covers  products  developed  by the
Company.  There can be no  assurance  that  licensing  rights to the  patents of
others, if required for the Company's products, will be available at all or at a
cost acceptable to the Company.

    The Company  licenses  covering  the BioLogic  and  OrthoFrame  technologies
provide for  payment by the Company of  royalties.  The  Co-Promotion  Agreement
provides the Company with exclusive  marketing  rights for Hyalgan to orthopedic
surgeons in the United States.  The Company is paid a commission  which is based
upon the number of units sold at the wholesale acquisition cost less amounts for
distribution  costs,  discounts,   rebates,  returns,  product  transfer  price,
overhead  factor and a royalty  factor.  Each license may be  terminated  if the
Company breaches any material provision of such license.  The termination of any
license  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  See  Note  4  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

    The Company  also relies on  unpatented  trade  secrets  and  know-how.  The
Company   generally   requires   its   employees,   consultants,   advisors  and
investigators  to enter into  confidentiality  agreements  which include,  among
other  things,  an agreement to assign to the Company all  inventions  that were
developed by the employee  while employed by the Company that are related to its
business. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will protect
the Company's proprietary information or that others will not gain access to, or
independently develop similar trade secrets or know-how.

    There  has  been   substantial   litigation   regarding   patent  and  other
intellectual  property rights in the  orthopaedic  industry.  Litigation,  which
could result in substantial cost to, and diversion of effort by, the Company may
be necessary to enforce  patents  issued or licensed to the Company,  to protect
trade secrets or know-how owned by the Company or
                                       20
<PAGE>
to defend the Company against  claimed  infringement of the rights of others and
to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary  rights of others.  There
can be no assurance  that the results of such  litigation  would be favorable to
the  Company.  In  addition,   competitors  may  employ  litigation  to  gain  a
competitive  advantage.  Adverse  determinations in litigation could subject the
Company  to  significant  liabilities,  and could  require  the  Company to seek
licenses from third parties or prevent the Company from  manufacturing,  selling
or using its products, any of which determinations could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Item 1 -- Business -- Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Rights."

    Risk of Product  Liability  Claims.  The Company faces an inherent  business
risk of  exposure to product  liability  claims in the event that the use of its
technology or products is alleged to have resulted in adverse effects.  To date,
no product  liability  claims  have been  asserted  against  the Company for its
fracture  healing  and  Hyalgan  products  and only  limited  claims for its CPM
products.  The Company  maintains  a product  liability  and  general  liability
insurance policy with coverage of an annual  aggregate  maximum of $2.0 million.
The Company's  product  liability and general liability policy is provided on an
occurrence  basis.  The policy is subject to annual  renewal.  In addition,  the
Company  maintains an umbrella excess  liability policy which covers product and
general  liability with coverage of an additional  annual  aggregate  maximum of
$25.0 million.  There can be no assurance that liability  claims will not exceed
the coverage  limits of such policies or that such insurance will continue to be
available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If the Company does not or
cannot  maintain  sufficient  liability  insurance,  its  ability  to market its
products may be significantly  impaired.  In addition,  product liability claims
could have a material  adverse effect on the business,  financial  condition and
results  of  operations  of the  Company.  See "Item 1 --  Business  --  Product
Liability Insurance."

    Possible Volatility of Stock Price. The market price of the Company's Common
Stock is likely to be  highly  volatile.  Factors  such as  fluctuations  in the
Company's operating results,  developments in litigation to which the Company is
subject,  announcements and timing of potential  acquisitions,  announcements of
technological innovations or new products by the Company or its competitors, FDA
and  international  regulatory  actions,  actions with respect to  reimbursement
matters,  developments  with respect to patents or  proprietary  rights,  public
concern as to the safety of products developed by the Company or others, changes
in health care policy in the United States and internationally, changes in stock
market  analyst  recommendations  regarding the Company,  other  medical  device
companies or the medical device industry generally and general market conditions
may have a  significant  effect on the  market  price of the  Common  Stock.  In
addition,  the stock market has from time to time experienced  significant price
and volume  fluctuations  that are  unrelated to the  operating  performance  of
particular  companies.  These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the
market price of the Company's Common Stock.

    Developments in any of these areas, which are more fully described elsewhere
in  "Item  1 --  Business,"  "Item  3 --  Legal  Proceedings,"  and  "Item  7 --
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  on pages 12  through  15 of the  Company's  1997  Annual  Report  to
stockholders,  each of which is  incorporated  into this  section by  reference,
could cause the Company's  results to differ  materially  from results that have
been or may be projected by or on behalf of the Company.

    The Company  cautions  that the foregoing  list of important  factors is not
exclusive.  The  Company  does  not  undertake  to  update  any  forward-looking
statement that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    Not applicable.

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    The  information on pages 18 through 31 of the Annual Report is incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 9.     Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting  and
            Financial Disclosure

    Not applicable.
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                    PART III
                                    --------

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

    Information in response to this Item is incorporated by reference to (i) the
biographical  information  relating to the Company's directors under the caption
"Election of Directors"  and the  information  relating to Section 16 compliance
under the caption,  "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in
the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held May 15, 1998 (the "Proxy Statement"),  and (ii) the information under
the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I hereof. The Company
anticipates filing the Proxy Statement within 120 days after December 31, 1997.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

    The information under the heading "Executive Compensation" and "Compensation
of Directors" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

    The information  under the heading "Voting  Securities and Principal Holders
Thereof - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the
Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    The  information  under  the  heading  "Certain  Transactions"  in the Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


                                     PART IV
                                     -------

Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
- -------------------------------------------------------------

    1.       Financial Statements
             --------------------

    The  following  financial  statements of OrthoLogic  Corp.  and  Independent
    Auditors'  Report are  incorporated by reference from pages 18 through 31 of
    the Annual Report:

             Balance Sheets - December 31, 1997 and 1996.

             Statements  of  Operations  - Each of the three years in the period
             ended December 31, 1997.

             Statements of Stockholders' Equity - Each of the three years in the
             period ended December 31, 1997.

             Statements  of Cash  Flows - Each of the three  years in the period
             ended December 31, 1997.

             Notes to Financial Statements

    2.       Financial Statement Schedules
             -----------------------------

    Schedules  have been  omitted  because  they are not  applicable  or are not
    required or the information  required to be set forth therein is included in
    the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

    3.       Exhibits  and  Management  Contracts,  and  Compensatory  Plans and
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
             Arrangements
             ------------

    All  management  contracts  and  compensatory  plans  and  arrangements  are
    identified  by  footnote  after the  Exhibit  Descriptions  on the  attached
    Exhibit Index.
                                       22
<PAGE>
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
- ------------------------

    The  Company  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K dated  October 10, 1997 to
    report in Item 5 the  appointment  of Thomas R.  Trotter to the  position of
    President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(c) Exhibits
- ------------

    See the Exhibit  Index  immediately  following  the  signature  page of this
    report, which Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Financial Statements and Schedules
- --------------------------------------

    See Item 14(a)(1) and (2) above.
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

             Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13 or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        ORTHOLOGIC CORP.


Date:   March 27, 1998                  By  /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Thomas R. Trotter
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer

                 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  this report has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature                                              Title                                           Date
- ---------                                              -----                                           ----
<S>                                                    <C>                                             <C>
  /s/ Thomas R. Trotter                                President, Chief Executive Officer and          March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  Director  (Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas R. Trotter                                      

                                                                                                       March 27, 1998
   /s/ John M. Holliman III                            Chairman of the Board of Directors
- -----------------------------------------------------  and Director
John M. Holliman III                                   

                                                                                                       March 27, 1998
   /s/ Fredric J. Feldman                              Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Fredric J. Feldman



   /s/ Elwood D. Howse, Jr.                            Director                                        March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Elwood D. Howse, Jr.


   /s/ Stuart H. Altman                                Director                                        March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Stuart H. Altman


   /s/ Augustus A. White III
- -----------------------------------------------------
Augustus A. White III, M.D.                            Director                                        March 27, 1998


   /s/ Allen R. Dunaway                                Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------  (Principal Financial and Accounting
Allen R. Dunaway                                       Officer)
</TABLE>
                                       S-1
<PAGE>
                                ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                      EXHIBIT INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                               (File No. 0-21214)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit                                                                                                      Filed
    No.                       Description                 Incorporated by Reference To:                        Herewith
    ---                       -----------                 -----------------------------                        --------
    <S>       <C>                                          <C>                                                     <C>
    2.1      Stock Purchase Agreement dated August        Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current 
             30, 1996 by and among the Company,           Report on Form 8-K filed on 
             Sutter Corporation and Smith                 September 13, 1996 
             Laboratories, Inc.
    2.2      Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of      Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current 
             December 30, 1996 by and among the           Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 
             Company and Toronto Medical Corp., an        1997 ("March 18, 1997 8-K") 
             Ontario corporation

    2.3      Amendment to Purchase and Sale               Exhibit 2.2 to March 18, 1997 8-K
             Agreement dated as of January 13, 1997
             by and among the Company and Toronto
             Medical Corp., an Ontario corporation

    2.4      Second Amendment to Purchase and             Exhibit 2.3 to March 18, 1997 8-K
             Sale Agreement dated as of March 1, 
             1997 by and among the Company and 
             Toronto Medical Corp., an Ontario 
             corporation

    2.5      Assignment of Purchase and Sale              Exhibit 2.4 to March 1997 8-K
             Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997 by
             and among the Company, Toronto
             Medical Orthopaedics Ltd., a Canada
             corporation and Toronto Medical Corp.,
             an Ontario corporation

    2.6      Asset Purchase Agreement dated March         Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current 
             12, 1997 by and among the Company,           Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 
             Danninger Medical Technology, Inc., a        1997 
             Delaware corporation, and Danninger 
             Health care, Inc., an Ohio corporation

     3.1     Composite Certificate of Incorporation       Exhibit 3.1 to Company's Form 10-Q 
             of the Company, as amended, including        for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 
             Certificate of Designation in respect of     ("March 1997 10-Q") 
             Series A Preferred Stock

     3.2     Bylaws of the Company                        Exhibit 3.4 to Company's Amendment
                                                          No. 2 to Registration Statement on
                                                          Form S-1 (No. 33-47569) filed with the
                                                          SEC on January 25, 1993 ("January
                                                          1993 S-1")

     4.1     Articles 5, 9 and 11 of the Certificate of   Exhibit 3.1 to March 1997 10-Q
             Incorporation of the Company

     4.2     Articles II and III.2(c)(ii) of Bylaws of    Exhibit 3.4 to January 1993 S-1
             the Company

     4.3     Specimen Common Stock Certificate            Exhibit 4.1 to January 1993 S-1
</TABLE>
                                      EX-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit                                                                                                      Filed
    No.                       Description                 Incorporated by Reference To:                        Herewith
    ---                       -----------                 -----------------------------                        --------
    <S>       <C>                                          <C>                                                     <C>
     4.4     Stock Purchase Warrant, dated August         Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Form 10-
             18, 1993, issued to CyberLogic, Inc.         K for the fiscal year ended December
                                                          31, 1994 ("1994 10-K")

     4.5     Stock Purchase Warrant, dated                Exhibit 4.6 to Company's Registration
             September 20, 1995, issued to                Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-97438)
             Registered Consulting Group, Inc.            filed with the SEC on September 27,
                                                          1995 ("1995 S-1")

    4.6      Stock Purchase Warrant, dated October        Exhibit 4.7 to the Company's Annual
             15, 1996, issued to Registered               Report on Form 10-K for the year
             Consulting Group, Inc.                       ended December 31, 1996 ("1996
                                                          10-K")

    4.7      Rights Agreement dated as of March 4,        Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's
             1997 between the Company and Bank of         Registration Statement on Form 8-A 
             New York, and Exhibits A, B and C            filed with the SEC on March 6, 1997 
             thereto

     4.8     1987 Stock Option Plan of the Company,       Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form
             as amended and approved by                   10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
             stockholders (1)                             1997 ("June 1997 10-Q")

     4.9     1997 Stock Option Plan of the Company(1)     Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's June
                                                          1997 10-Q

     4.10    Stock Purchase Warrant dated March                                                                   X
             2, 1998 issued to Silicon Valley Bank                                                                

     4.11    Antidilution Agreement dated March 2,                                                                X
             1998 by and between the Company and
             Silicon Valley Bank                                                                                  

    10.1     License Agreement dated September 3,         Exhibit 10.6 to January 1993 S-1
             1987 between the Company and Life
             Resonances, Inc.

    10.2     Invention, Confidential Information and      Exhibit 10.7 to January 1993 S-1
             Non-Competition Agreement dated
             September 18, 1987 between the
             Company and Weinstein

    10.3     Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated              Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's
             September 14, 1993 between the               September 30, 1994 10-Q
             Company and Cook Inlet Region,
             Incorporated

    10.4     Invention, Confidential Information and      Exhibit 10.11 to January 1993 S-1
             Non-Competition Agreement dated
             January 10, 1989 between the Company
             and Frank P. Magee

    10.5     Addendum to Lease between the                Exhibit 10.8.1 to the Registration
             Company and Cook Inlet Region, Inc.          Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-3082)
             commencing April 1, 1996                     filed with the SEC on April 2, 1996
                                                          ("April 1996 S-3")

    10.6     1995 Officer Bonus Plan(1)                   Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual
                                                          Report on Form 10-K for the year
                                                          ended December 31, 1995 ("1995 10-
                                                          K")

    10.7     1996 Officer Bonus Plan(1)                   Exhibit 10.11 to 1995 10-K

    10.8     1997 Officer Bonus Plan(1)                   Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 1996
                                                          10-K
</TABLE>
                                      EX-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit                                                                                                      Filed
    No.                       Description                 Incorporated by Reference To:                        Herewith
    ---                       -----------                 -----------------------------                        --------
    <S>       <C>                                          <C>                                                     <C>
    10.9     Form of Indemnification Agreement*           Exhibit 10.16 to January 1993 S-1

    10.10    License Agreement dated December 2,          Exhibit 10.22 to January 1993 S-1
             1992 between Orthotic Limited
             Partnership and Company

    10.11    Consulting Agreement dated May 1,            Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's
             1990 between Augustus A. White III and       September 30, 1994 Form 10-Q
             the Company(1)

    10.12    Loan Modification Agreement dated            Exhibit 10.22 to 1995 S-1
             March 23, 1995 between Company and
             Silicon Valley Bank

    10.13    Renewal of Employment Agreement of           Exhibit 10.23 to 1994 10-K
             Frank P. Magee dated March 28,
             1995(1)

    10.14    Employment Agreement dated February          Exhibit 10.24 to 1995 10-K
             27, 1992 between Allen R. Dunaway and
             the Company(1)

    10.15    Amendment to Employment Agreement            Exhibit 10.25 to 1995 10-K
             between the Company and Allen R.
             Dunaway dated February 14, 1996(1)

    10.16    Underwriting Agreement between the           Exhibit 1.1 to 1995 S-1
             Company and Volpe, Welty & Co. and
             Dain Bosworth, Inc., as Representatives
             of the Underwriters

    10.17    Underwriting Agreement between the           Exhibit 1.1 to April 1996 S-3
             Company and Volpe, Welty & Company
             Hambrecht & Quist and Dain Bosworth,
             Inc., as Representatives of the
             Underwriters

    10.18    Maturity Modification Letter dated           Exhibit 10.21 to April 1996 S-3
             March 29, 1996, by Silicon Valley Bank

    10.19    Lease made March 1997 between                Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's 1996
             Toronto Medical Corp. and Toronto            10-K
             Medical Orthopaedics Ltd.

    10.20    Lease dated September 4, 1991 by and         Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's
             between Greystone Realty Corporation         Annual Report on Form 10-K/A
             and Sutter Corporation                       (Amendment No. 1) for the year ended
                                                          December 31, 1996 ("1996 10-K/A")

    10.21    Lease dated February 10, 1988 between        Exhibit 10.36 to 1996 10-K/A
             MIC Four Points and Sutter Biomedical,
             Inc.

    10.22    First Addendum to Lease dated February       Exhibit 10.37 to 1996 10-K/A
             15, 1988 by and between MIC Four
             Points and Sutter Biomedical, Inc.
</TABLE>
                                      EX-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit                                                                                                      Filed
    No.                       Description                 Incorporated by Reference To:                        Herewith
    ---                       -----------                 -----------------------------                        --------
   <S>       <C>                                          <C>                                                     <C>
   10.23     October 7, 1988 Second Addendum to           Exhibit 10.38  to 1996 10-K/A
             Lease dated  February  10, 1988  between MIC Four Points and Sutter
             Biomedical, Inc.

   10.24     Severance Agreement dated February           Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's 1996
             18, 1997 by and between George A.            10-K
             Oram, Jr. and the Company (1)

   10.25     Promissory Note dated November 15,           Exhibit 10.40 to the Company's 1996
             1996 made by George A. Oram, Jr. in          10-K
             favor of the Company (1)

   10.26     [Intentionally Omitted.]

   10.27     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's March
             Allan M. Weinstein and the Company           1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.28     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's March
             Frank P. Magee and the Company               1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.29     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's March
             Allen R. Dunaway and the Company             1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.30     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's March
             James B. Koeneman and the Company            1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.31     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's March
             MaryAnn G. Miller  and the Company           1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.32     Employment Agreement by and between          Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's March
             Nicholas A. Skaff and the Company            1997 10-Q
             effective as of December 1, 1996 (1)

   10.33     Co-promotion Agreement dated June 23,        Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's June 
             1997 by and between the Company and          1997 10-Q 
             Sanofi Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   10.34     Single-tenant Lease-net dated June 12,       Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form
             1997 by and between the Company and          10-Q for the quarter ended
             Chamberlain Development, L.L.C.              September 30, 1997 ("September 1997
                                                          10-Q")

   10.35     Employment Agreement dated October           Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's
             20, 1997 by and between the Company          September 1997 10-Q
             and Thomas R. Trotter, including Letter
             of Incentive Option Grant, OrthoLogic
             Corp. 1987 Stock Option Plan (1)
</TABLE>
                                      EX-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit                                                                                                      Filed
    No.                       Description                 Incorporated by Reference To:                        Herewith
    ---                       -----------                 -----------------------------                        --------
   <S>       <C>                                          <C>                                                     <C>
   10.36     Employment Agreement dated October           Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
             17, 1997 by and between the Company          September 1997 10-Q
             and Frank P. Magee (1)

   10.37     Employment Agreement dated                   Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's
             October 17, 1997 by and between the          September 1997 10-Q
             Company and Allan M. Weinstein (1)

   10.38     Severance Agreement dated May 21,            Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's
             1997 by and between the Company and          September 1997 10-Q
             David E. Derminio (1)

   10.39     Severance Agreement dated September          Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's
             19, 1997 by and between the Company          September 1997 10-Q
             and Nicholas A. Skaff (1)

   10.40     Employment Agreement effective as of                                                                 X
             December 15, 1997 by and between the
             Company and William C. Rieger (1)

   10.41     Transitional Employment Agreement                                                                    X
             dated February 2, 1998 by and between
             the Company and Allen R. Dunaway (1)

   10.42     Employment Agreement effective as of                                                                 X
             March 16, 1998 by and between the
             Company and Terry D. Meier (1)

   10.43     Revised and Restated Employment                                                                      X
             Agreement effective as of March 16,
             1998 by and between the Company and
             Allan M. Weinstein(1)

   10.44     Loan and Security Agreement dated                                                                    X
             March 2, 1998 by and between the
             Company and Silicon Valley Bank

   10.45     Registration Rights Agreement dated                                                                  X
             March 2, 1998 by and between the
             Company and Silicon Valley Bank            

   11.1      Statement of Computation of Net                                                                      X
             Income (Loss) per Weighted Average
             Number of Common Shares Outstanding

   13.1      Portions of 1997 Annual Report to                                                                    X
             Stockholders

   21.1      Subsidiaries of Registrant                                                                           X

   23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP                                                                     X

    27       Financial Data Schedule                                                                              X

- ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)      Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

*        The Company has entered into a separate indemnification  agreement with
         each of its current  direct and executive  officers that differ only in
         party names and dates.  Pursuant to the instructions  accompanying Item
         601 of  Regulation  S-K,  the  Company  has  filed  the  form  of  such
         indemnification agreement.
                                      EX-5


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE  HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  PLEDGED,  OR
OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT
OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY TO THE
CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.


                            WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Corporation:  OrthoLogic Corp., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:  10,000
Class of Stock:  Common
Initial Exercise Price:  $7.20 per share
Issue Date:  March 2, 1998
Expiration Date:  March 1, 2003


         THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for
other  good and  valuable  consideration,  SILICON  VALLEY  BANK  ("Holder")  is
entitled to purchase  the number of fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of the
class of securities  (the "Shares") of the  corporation  (the  "Company") at the
initial  exercise  price per Share (the "Warrant  Price") all as set forth above
and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions
and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.
           --------

               1.1 Method of  Exercise.  Holder  may  exercise  this  Warrant by
delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached
as  Appendix  1 to  the  principal  office  of the  Company.  Unless  Holder  is
exercising  the  conversion  right set forth in Section  1.2,  Holder shall also
deliver to the Company a check for the  aggregate  Warrant  Price for the Shares
being purchased.

               1.2  Conversion  Right.  In lieu of  exercising  this  Warrant as
specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant,  in
whole or in  part,  into a number  of  Shares  determined  by  dividing  (a) the
aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant  minus the aggregate  Warrant Price of such Shares
by (b) the fair market  value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares
shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.

               1.3 Intentionally Omitted

               1.4 Fair  Market  Value.  If the  Shares  are  traded in a public
market,  the fair market value of the Shares  shall be the closing  price of the
Shares (or the closing  price of the  Company's  stock into which the Shares are
convertible)  reported for the business day  immediately  before Holder delivers
its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If the Shares are not traded in a public
market,  the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value
in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding,  if Holder
advises  the Board of  Directors  in writing  that  Holder  disagrees  with such
determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable
investment  banking firm to undertake such  valuation.  If the valuation of such
investment  banking  firm is  greater  than  that  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors,  then all fees and expenses of such investment  banking firm shall be
paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be
paid by Holder.

               1.5  Delivery of  Certificate  and New  Warrant.  Promptly  after
Holder  exercises or converts this Warrant,  the Company shall deliver to Holder
certificates  for the Shares  acquired  and, if this  Warrant has not been fully
exercised  or  converted  and has not expired,  a new Warrant  representing  the
Shares not so acquired.
<PAGE>
               1.6  Replacement of Warrants.  On receipt of evidence  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant and, in the case of loss,  theft or destruction,  on delivery of an
indemnity  agreement  reasonably  satisfactory in form and amount to the Company
or, in the case of mutilation,  on surrender and  cancellation  of this Warrant,
the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a
new warrant of like tenor.

               1.7 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

                     1.7.1.  "Acquisition".  For the  purpose  of this  Warrant,
"Acquisition"   means  any  sale,  license,  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  or  any  reorganization,
consolidation,  or merger of the  Company  where the  holders  of the  Company's
securities  before  the  transaction  beneficially  own  less  than  50%  of the
outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

                     1.7.2.  Assumption  of  Warrant.  Upon the  closing  of any
Acquisition  the successor  entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant,
and  this  Warrant  shall be  exercisable  for the same  securities,  cash,  and
property  as would be  payable  for the Shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
unexercised  portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were  outstanding  on the
record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall
be adjusted accordingly.

                     1.7.3.  Purchase Right.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  at
the election of Holder,  the Company shall purchase the  unexercised  portion of
this Warrant for cash upon the closing of any Acquisition for an amount equal to
(a) the fair market value of any consideration  that would have been received by
Holder in  consideration  of the  Shares had Holder  exercised  the  unexercised
portion of this Warrant  immediately  before the record date for determining the
shareholders  entitled to participate in the proceeds of the  Acquisition,  less
(b) the aggregate Warrant Price of the Shares, but in no event less than zero.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.
           -------------------------

               2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays
a dividend on its common stock (or the Shares if the Shares are securities other
than common stock) payable in common stock, or other securities,  subdivides the
outstanding  common  stock  into a greater  amount of common  stock,  or, if the
Shares  are  securities  other than  common  stock,  subdivides  the Shares in a
transaction  that increases the amount of common stock into which the Shares are
convertible, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder
shall receive,  without cost to Holder,  the total number and kind of securities
to which Holder  would have been  entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record
as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

               2.2   Reclassification,   Exchange  or  Substitution.   Upon  any
reclassification,  exchange,  substitution,  or other  event  that  results in a
change of the number  and/or class of the  securities  issuable upon exercise or
conversion of this Warrant,  Holder shall be entitled to receive,  upon exercise
or conversion of this  Warrant,  the number and kind of securities  and property
that  Holder  would  have  received  for the  Shares  if this  Warrant  had been
exercised immediately before such reclassification,  exchange,  substitution, or
other  event.  Such an event  shall  include  any  automatic  conversion  of the
outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as
the Shares to common stock  pursuant to the terms of the  Company's  Articles of
Incorporation  upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company's
common stock.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new
Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide
for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the
adjustments  provided  for in this  Article  2  including,  without  limitation,
adjustments  to the Warrant  Price and to the number of  securities  or property
issuable  upon exercise of the new Warrant.  The  provisions of this Section 2.2
shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions,
or other events.
                                       2
<PAGE>
               2.3 Adjustments for Combinations,  Etc. If the outstanding Shares
are combined or consolidated,  by reclassification  or otherwise,  into a lesser
number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.

               2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. The Warrant Price and the
number of Shares  issuable  upon  exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are
Preferred  Stock,  the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion
of the Shares,  shall be subject to adjustment,  from time to time in the manner
set forth on Exhibit A in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit
A).

               2.5 No  Impairment.  The Company  shall not, by  amendment of its
Articles  of  Incorporation  or through a  reorganization,  transfer  of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue, or sale of securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed  under this  Warrant by the  Company,  but
shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of
this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or  appropriate
to protect Holder's rights under this Article against impairment. If the Company
takes  any  action  affecting  the  Shares or its  common  stock  other  than as
described above that adversely  affects Holder's rights under this Warrant,  the
Warrant Price shall be adjusted  downward and the number of Shares issuable upon
exercise  of this  Warrant  shall be  adjusted  upward in such a manner that the
aggregate Warrant Price of this Warrant is unchanged.

               2.6  Fractional  Shares.  No fractional  Shares shall be issuable
upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued
shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest
arises upon any  exercise  or  conversion  of the  Warrant,  the  Company  shall
eliminate such  fractional  share  interest by paying Holder amount  computed by
multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

               2.7  Certificate as to  Adjustments.  Upon each adjustment of the
Warrant  Price,   the  Company  at  its  expense  shall  promptly  compute  such
adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer
setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.
The Company shall,  upon written request,  furnish Holder a certificate  setting
forth  the  Warrant  Price in effect  upon the date  thereof  and the  series of
adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.
           --------------------------------------------

               3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents
and warrants to the Holder as follows:

                           (a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first
page of this  Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as
of the date of this Warrant.

                           (b) All Shares  which may be issued upon the exercise
of the purchase right represented by this Warrant,  and all securities,  if any,
issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Shares,   shall,  upon  issuance,  be  duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,  and free of any liens
and  encumbrances  except for  restrictions  on transfer  provided for herein or
under applicable federal and state securities laws.

               3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time
(a) to declare any dividend or  distribution  upon its common stock,  whether in
cash,  property,  stock,  or other  securities and whether or not a regular cash
dividend;  (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or
series  of its stock  any  additional  shares of stock of any class or series or
other rights; (c) to effect any  reclassification  or recapitalization of common
stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation,  or sell,
lease,  license,  or  convey  all or  substantially  all of  its  assets,  or to
liquidate,  dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the
opportunity to participate in an  underwritten  public offering of the company's
securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall
give  Holder  (1) at least 20 days prior  written  notice of the date on which a
record will be taken for such dividend,  distribution,  or  subscription  rights
(and specifying the date on which the holders of common
                                       3
<PAGE>
stock will be entitled  thereto) or for  determining  rights to vote, if any, in
respect of the matters  referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the
matters  referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written  notice
of the date when the same will take place (and  specifying the date on which the
holders of common  stock will be  entitled to exchange  their  common  stock for
securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and
(3) in the case of the matter  referred  to in (e) above,  the same notice as is
given to the holders of such registration rights.

               3.3 Information  Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant
and/or any of the Shares,  the Company  shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly
after  mailing,  copies of all notices or other  written  communications  to the
shareholders  of the Company,  (b) within ninety (90) days after the end of each
fiscal year of the  Company,  the annual  audited  financial  statements  of the
Company certified by independent public  accountants of recognized  standing and
(c) such other  financial  statements  required under and in accordance with any
loan  documents  between  Holder  and  the  Company  (or if  there  are no  such
requirements [or if the subject loan(s) no longer are outstanding]), then within
forty-five  (45) days after the end of each of the first three  quarters of each
fiscal year, the Company's quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

               3.4 Registration  Under  Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The
Company  agrees  that the Shares or, if the Shares are  convertible  into common
stock of the Company,  such common stock,  shall be subject to the  registration
rights set forth on Exhibit B, if attached.

ARTICLE 4. MISCELLANEOUS.
           -------------

               4.1 Term; Notice of Expiration.  This Warrant is exercisable,  in
whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the  Expiration
Date set forth above.  The Company shall give Holder  written notice of Holder's
right to exercise  this Warrant in the form attached as Appendix 2 not more than
90 days and not less than 30 days before the  Expiration  Date. If the notice is
not so given, the Expiration Date shall  automatically be extended until 30 days
after the date the Company delivers the notice to Holder.

               4.2  Legends.  This  Warrant and the Shares  (and the  securities
issuable,  directly or indirectly,  upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall
be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

         THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
         AS  AMENDED,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  PLEDGED  OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED
         WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO
         RULE  144 OR AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE
         CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

               4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and
the Shares  issuable upon exercise  this Warrant (and the  securities  issuable,
directly  or  indirectly,  upon  conversion  of the  Shares,  if any) may not be
transferred or assigned in whole or in part without  compliance  with applicable
federal  and  state  securities  laws  by  the  transferor  and  the  transferee
(including,  without  limitation,  the  delivery  of  investment  representation
letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably
requested by the Company).  The Company  shall not require  Holder to provide an
opinion of counsel if the  transfer is to an  affiliate of Holder or if there is
no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced
in Rule 144(c),  Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e)
in reasonable  detail,  the selling broker  represents that it has complied with
Rule  144(f),  and the  Company  is  provided  with a copy of Holder's notice of
proposed sale.

               4.4 Transfer Procedure.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3
Holder may  transfer  all or part of this  Warrant or the Shares  issuable  upon
exercise of this Warrant (or the  securities  issuable,  directly or indirectly,
upon conversion of the Shares,  if any) at any time to Silicon Valley Bancshares
or The Silicon Valley Bank  Foundation,  or, to any other  transferree by giving
the Company notice of the
                                       4
<PAGE>
portion of the Warrant being  transferred  setting  forth the name,  address and
taxpayer  identification  number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant
to the Company for reissuance to the  transferee(s)  (and Holder if applicable).
Unless the Company is filing financial  information with the SEC pursuant to the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the Company shall have the right to refuse to
transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who  directly  competes  with
the Company. Nothing in the foregoing paragraph shall permit Holder to sell this
Warrant in a Secondary Market.

               4.5  Notices.  All  notices  and  other  communications  from the
Company to the Holder,  or vice versa,  shall be deemed  delivered and effective
when given  personally or mailed by  first-class  registered or certified  mail,
postage  prepaid,  at such address as may have been  furnished to the Company or
the  Holder,  as the case may be, in writing by the  Company or such holder from
time to time.

               4.6  Waiver.  This  Warrant  and any term  hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination
is sought.

               4.7  Attorneys  Fees.  In the event of any  dispute  between  the
parties  concerning  the  terms  and  provisions  of  this  Warrant,  the  party
prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all
costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

               4.8  Governing  Law.  This  Warrant  shall  be  governed  by  and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving
effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.


                                    "COMPANY"

                                    OrthoLogic Corp.


                                    By:       /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                             ------------------------------

                                    Name:    Thomas R. Trotter
                                             ------------------------------
                                             (Print)
                                    Title:   Chairman of the Board, [President]
                                             or Vice President


                                    By:       /s/ Allen Dunaway
                                             ------------------------------

                                    Name:    
                                             ------------------------------
                                             (Print)
                                    Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,
                                             Assistant Treasurer or Assistant
                                             Secretary

                               SILICON VALLEY BANK
                             ANTIDILUTION AGREEMENT


         THIS ANTIDILUTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 2, 1998, by and
between Silicon Valley Bank  ("Purchaser") and the Company whose name appears on
the last page of this Antidilution Agreement.

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

         A. Concurrently with the execution of this Antidilution Agreement,  the
Purchaser  is  purchasing  from the  Company a Warrant  to  Purchase  Stock (the
"Warrant') pursuant to which Purchaser has the right to acquire from the Company
the Shares (as defined in the Warrant).

         B. By this Antidilution Agreement, the Purchaser and the Company desire
to set forth the  adjustment  in the number of Shares  issuable upon exercise of
the Warrant as a result of a Diluting  Issuance  (as defined in Exhibit A to the
Warrant).

         C.  Capitalized  terms used herein  shall have the same  meaning as set
forth in the Warrant.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,
covenants and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  the parties  hereto  mutually
agree as follows:

         1. Definitions.  As used in this Antidilution  Agreement, the following
terms have the following respective meanings:

                           (a) "Option" means any right,  option,  or warrant to
subscribe  for,  purchase,  or otherwise  acquire  common  stock or  Convertible
Securities.

                           (b) "Convertible  Securities"  means any evidences of
indebtedness,  shares of  stock,  or other  securities  directly  or  indirectly
convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.

                           (c) "Issue" means to grant,  issue,  sell, assume, or
fix a record date for  determining  persons  entitled to receive,  any  security
(including Options), whichever of the foregoing is the first to occur.

                           (d) "Additional Common Shares" means all common stock
(including  reissued  shares) issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section
2) after the date of the  Warrant.  Additional  Common  Shares does not include,
however, any common stock issued in a transaction  described in Sections 2.1 and
2.2 of the Warrant;  any common stock Issued upon  conversion of preferred stock
outstanding  on the date of the Warrant;  the Shares;  or common stock Issued as
incentive or in a nonfinancing transaction to employees, officers, directors, or
consultants to the Company.

                           (e) The shares of common  stock  ultimately  Issuable
upon  exercise of an Option  (including  the shares of common  stock  ultimately
Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security Issuable pursuant
to an Option) are deemed to be Issued  when the Option is Issued.  The shares of
common stock  ultimately  Issuable upon  conversion or exercise of a Convertible
Security (other than a Convertible  Security Issued pursuant to an Option) shall
be deemed Issued upon Issuance of the Convertible Security.

         2. Deemed  Issuance of Additional  Common Shares.  The shares of common
stock  ultimately  Issuable upon exercise of an Option  (including the shares of
common stock  ultimately  Issuable upon  conversion or exercise of a Convertible
Security Issuable pursuant to an Option) are deemed to be Issued when the Option
is Issued.  The shares of common stock  ultimately  Issuable upon  conversion or
exercise of a Convertible  Security  (other than a Convertible  Security  Issued
pursuant to an Option) shall be deemed  Issued upon Issuance of the  Convertible
Security.  The maximum  amount of common stock  
<PAGE>
Issuable is determined without regard to any future adjustments  permitted under
the instrument creating the Options or Convertible Securities.

         3. Adjustment of Warrant Price for Diluting Issuances.

                 3.1 Ratchet Adjustment. If the Company issues Additional Common
Shares after the date of the Warrant and the consideration per Additional Common
Share  (determined  pursuant  to  Section 9) is less than the  Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately before such Issue, the Warrant Price shall be reduced to the
lesser of:

                           (a) the amount of such  consideration  per Additional
Common Share; or

                           (b) if the  Company's  common  stock is  traded  on a
national securities  exchange or the National  Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation System, the last reported bid or sale price of the Company's
common stock on the first  trading day  following a public  announcement  of the
Issuance.

                  3.2  Adjustment of Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment of
the Warrant  Price,  the number of Shares  issuable upon exercise of the Warrant
shall be increased  to equal the  quotient  obtained by dividing (a) the product
resulting from  multiplying  (i) the number of Shares  issuable upon exercise of
the Warrant and (ii) the Warrant  Price,  in each case as in effect  immediately
before such adjustment, by (b) the adjusted Warrant Price.

                  3.3  Securities  Deemed  Outstanding.  For the purpose of this
Section 3, all securities issuable upon exercise of any outstanding  Convertible
Securities or Options,  warrants,  or other rights to acquire  securities of the
Company shall be deemed to be outstanding.

         4.  No  Adjustment  for  Issuances   Following  Deemed  Issuances.   No
adjustment  to the Warrant  Price shall be made upon the  exercise of Options or
conversion of Convertible Securities.

         5.  Adjustment  Following  Changes in Terms of  Options or  Convertible
Securities.  If the  consideration  payable  to, or the  amount of common  stock
Issuable by, the Company increases or decreases,  respectively,  pursuant to the
terms of any outstanding  Options or Convertible  Securities,  the Warrant Price
shall be  recomputed  to reflect such  increase or decrease.  The  recomputation
shall be made as of the  time of the  Issuance  of the  Options  or  Convertible
Securities.  Any changes in the Warrant Price that occurred  after such Issuance
because other  Additional  Common Shares were Issued or deemed Issued shall also
be recomputed.

         6. Recomputation Upon Expiration of Options or Convertible  Securities.
The Warrant Price computed upon the original Issue of any Options or Convertible
Securities,  and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,  shall be recomputed
when any Options or rights of conversion  under  Convertible  Securities  expire
without having been exercised.  In the case of Convertible Securities or Options
for  common  stock,  the  Warrant  Price  shall  be  recomputed  as if the  only
Additional  Common Shares Issued were the shares of common stock actually Issued
upon the exercise of such securities,  if any, and as if the only  consideration
received  therefor  was the  consideration  actually  received  upon the  Issue,
exercise or conversion of the Options or Convertible Securities.  In the case of
Options for Convertible Securities,  the Warrant Price shall be recomputed as if
the only Convertible  Securities Issued were the Convertible Securities actually
Issued  upon the  exercise  thereof,  if any,  and as if the only  consideration
received  therefor  was  the  consideration  actually  received  by the  Company
(determined  pursuant to Section  9), if any,  upon the Issue of the Options for
the Convertible Securities.

         7.  Limit  on  Readjustments.  No  readjustment  of the  Warrant  Price
pursuant  to  Sections 5 or 6 shall  increase  the  Warrant  Price more than the
amount  of any  decrease  made  in  respect  of the  Issue  of  any  Options  or
Convertible Securities.
                                       2
<PAGE>
         8.  30 Day Options.  In the case of any  Options  that  expire by their
terms not more than 30 days after the date of Issue  thereof,  no  adjustment of
the  Warrant  Price shall be made until the  expiration  or exercise of all such
Options.

         9.  Computation of  Consideration.  The  consideration  received by the
Company  for the Issue of any  Additional  Common  Shares  shall be  computed as
follows:

               (a) Cash  shall be valued at the amount of cash  received  by the
Corporation,  excluding  amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued
dividends.

               (b) Property.  Property  other than cash shall be computed at the
fair market value  thereof at the time of the Issue as  determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Company.

               (c) Mixed Consideration.  The consideration for Additional common
Shares Issued together with other property of the Company for consideration that
covers both shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

               (d) Options and Convertible  Securities.  The  consideration  per
Additional  Common  Share  for  Options  and  Convertible  Securities  shall  be
determined by dividing:

                           (i) the total amount,  if any, received or receivable
by the Company for the Issue of the Options or Convertible Securities,  plus the
minimum  amount of  additional  consideration  (as set forth in the  instruments
relating  thereto,  without  regard to any  provision  contained  therein  for a
subsequent  adjustment  of  such  consideration)  payable  to the  Company  upon
exercise of the Options or conversion of the Convertible Securities, by

                           (ii) the maximum amount of common stock (as set forth
in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any provision contained
therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately Issuable upon the
exercise of such Options or the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

         10. General.

                10.1  Governing  Law.  This  Antidilution   Agreement  shall  be
governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California as such laws are
applied  to  agreements  between  California  residents  entered  into and to be
performed entirely within California.

                10.2  Successors  and  Assigns.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided  herein,  the  provisions  hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, the successors,  assigns,  heirs,  executors and administrators of
the parties hereto.

                10.3  Entire   Agreement.   Except  as  set  forth  below,  this
Antidilution  Agreement  and  the  other  documents  delivered  pursuant  hereto
constitute the full and entire  understanding  and agreement between the parties
with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

                10.4 Notices, etc. All notices and other communications required
or  permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class
mail,  postage prepaid,  certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
addressed (a) if to Purchaser at Purchaser's  address as set forth below,  or at
such other address as Purchaser  shall have furnished to the Company in writing,
or (b) if to the Company,  at the Company's  address set forth below, or at such
other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Purchaser in writing.

                10.5  Severability.  In case any provision of this  Antidilution
Agreement shall be invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable,  the validity,  legality
and  enforceability of the remaining  provisions of this Antidilution  Agreement
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
                                       3
<PAGE>
                10.6  Titles  and  Subtitles.  The  titles of the  sections  and
subsections of this Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and are not
to be considered in construing this Antidilution Agreement.

                10.7 Counterparts.  This Antidilution  Agreement may be executed
in any number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be an original,  but all of
which together shall constitute one instrument.

PURCHASER                                     COMPANY

SILICON VALLEY BANK                           ORTHOLOGIC CORP.


                                              
                                                 
By: /s/ Amy Lou Blunt                         By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter        
   ----------------------------------            -------------------------------
Name: Amy Lou Blunt                           Name: Thomas R. Trotter        
     --------------------------------              -----------------------------
(Print):                                      (Print):President & CEO          
        -----------------------------                 --------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President               Title:Chairman of the Board,
      -------------------------------               President or Vice President

Address:                                      Address:

4455 East Camelback Road, Suite E-290         1275 W. Washington
Phoenix, AZ 85018                             Tempe, AZ 85281
                                       4

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement is to be  effective,  as of December  15, 1997,  by and
between OrthoLogic Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and William C.
Rieger ("Employee").

RECITALS:
- ---------

         A. The Company  wishes to employ  Employee,  and Employee  wishes to be
employed by the Company.

         B. The  parties  wish to set  forth in this  Agreement  the  terms  and
conditions of such employment.

AGREEMENT:
- ----------

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  the Company employs  Employee to serve in a managerial  capacity and
Employee   accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  to  perform  such  reasonable
responsibilities  and duties as may be  assigned to him from time to time by the
Company's Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"). Initially, Employee's title shall
be Vice President,  with general  responsibility  for Marketing.  Such title and
duties may be changed from time to time by the CEO.  Employee will report to the
CEO.

         2. Term.  The initial term of this  Agreement  shall expire on December
31, 1998.  Thereafter  this Agreement shall renew  automatically  for additional
terms of one-year each unless it is terminated pursuant to Section 7.

         3. Compensation.

                  (a) Salary.  From the effective date of this Agreement through
December 31, 1998,  the Company shall pay Employee a minimum base annual salary,
before deducting all applicable  withholdings,  of $166,000 per year, payable at
the times and in the manner dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies.
Effective  January 1, 1998,  and  annually  thereafter,  the minimum base annual
salary shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
(the "Board").

                  (b) Bonus.  Employee  shall be eligible to participate in such
bonus and incentive  programs as determined from time to time by the Board.  Any
bonuses  shall be based upon the  achievement  of  individual  goals and Company
performance. With respect to the year ending
                                        1
<PAGE>
December  31,  1998,  Employee  will be  eligible  for a target  bonus of 40% of
Employee's base salary for achievement of the Board-approved plan.

                  (c)  Stock  Options.  The  Company  shall  grant  to  Employee
incentive  options (the parties  understand  that only a portion of such options
will qualify as incentive  options for tax  purposes),  from the Company's  1997
Stock Option Plan, to purchase  100,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock,
with an  exercise  price  equal to the  fair  market  value of the  stock on the
effective  date of the grant,  with such value  determined  as  specified in the
Company's  1997 Stock Option Plan. So long as Employee is still  employed by the
Company at each such time of vesting,  options to purchase  25,000  shares shall
vest on the first  anniversary  of  Employee's  employment  by the Company,  and
additional options to purchase  2,083.3333 shares shall vest on January 31, 1999
and on the last day of each  calendar  month  thereafter,  until such shares are
fully vested.

         4. Fringe Benefits. In addition to the compensation,  bonus and options
described in Section 3, and any other employee benefit plans (including  without
limitation  pension,  savings  and  disability  plans)  generally  available  to
employees, the Company shall include Employee in any group health insurance plan
and, if eligible,  any group  retirement  plan  instituted  by the Company.  The
manner  of  implementation  of such  benefits  with  respect  to such  items  as
procedures  and  amounts  are  discretionary  with  the  Company  but  shall  be
commensurate with Employee's executive capacity.

         5.  Vacation.  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  vacation  with pay in
accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect from time to time. In
addition, Employee shall be entitled to such holidays as the Company may approve
from time to time.

         6. Expenses.

                  (a)  Reimbursement.   In  addition  to  the  compensation  and
benefits  provided  above,  the  Company  shall,  upon  receipt  of  appropriate
documentation, reimburse Employee each month for his reasonable travel, lodging,
entertainment,  promotion  and other  ordinary and necessary  business  expenses
consistent with Company policies.

                  (b) Moving.  Employee  shall be reimbursed  for (i) the direct
relocation  costs of moving his household  goods and family from Illinois to the
Phoenix  Metropolitan  Area;  (ii) the  brokerage  commission  and closing costs
related  to the sale of his  existing  home in  Illinois;  (iii)  closing  costs
related to his new home in the Phoenix  Metropolitan Area; and (iv) such amounts
as may be necessary,  for a period of not to exceed three  months,  to cover the
reasonable  costs  of  temporary  living  expenses  and an  automobile  in,  and
commuting to and from the Phoenix  Metropolitan  Area.  If Employee  resigns his
employment  before  the  date two  years  after  the  effective  date,  he shall
reimburse  OrthoLogic  for a prorata  portion of the total  relocation  expenses
reimbursed by OrthoLogic.  Such portion shall be determined by  multiplying  the
total relocation
                                        2
<PAGE>
expenses  reimbursed  by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full
months Employee has been employed by OrthoLogic, and the denominator of which is
24.

         7. Termination.

                  (a) For Cause.  The Company may terminate  this  Agreement for
cause upon written notice to Employee stating the facts constituting such cause,
provided  that  Employee  shall have 30 days  following  such notice to cure any
conduct or act, if curable, alleged to provide grounds for termination for cause
hereunder. In the event of termination for cause, the Company shall be obligated
to pay  Employee  only the  minimum  base  salary  due him  through  the date of
termination.  The written  notice shall state the cause for  termination.  Cause
shall include  neglect of duties,  willful  failure to abide by  instructions or
policies  from or set by the  Board of  Directors,  commission  of a  felony  or
serious  misdemeanor  offense or  pleading  guilty or nolo  contendere  to same,
Employee's  breach of this Agreement or Employee's  breach of any other material
obligation to the Company.

                  (b)  Without  Cause.  The  Company  may  terminate  Employee's
Employment at any time,  immediately and without cause, by giving written notice
to Employee. If the Company terminates Employee without cause, provided Employee
first executes a Severance  Agreement in the form then used by the Company,  the
Company  shall  continue to pay to Employee his minimum base salary in effect at
the  time  of  termination  for a  period  of one  year  following  the  date of
termination,  at the time and in the manner  dictated by the Company's  standard
payroll policies.

                  (c) Disability. If during the term of this Agreement, Employee
fails to perform his duties  hereunder on account of illness or other incapacity
for a period of 45 consecutive days, or for 60 days during any six-month period,
the Company shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement  without  further
obligation  hereunder except as otherwise provided in disability plans generally
applicable to executive employees.

                  (d) Death. If Employee dies during the term of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and Employee's legal representatives
shall be entitled to receive the base salary due  Employee  through the last day
of the calendar month in which his death shall have occurred and any other death
benefits generally applicable to executive employees.

                  (e) Resignation.  Employee may resign his employment by giving
the Company  written  notice,  which shall also  include his  resignation  as an
officer of the Company. In the event of such a resignation, the Company shall be
obligated  to pay  Employee  only the  minimum  base  salary due him through the
effective date of the resignation.

         8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  acknowledges that Employee may
receive,  or contribute to the  production  of,  Confidential  Information.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  Employee  agrees that  "Confidential  Information"
shall mean any and all  information  or material  proprietary  to the Company or
designated as Confidential Information by the Company and not generally known by
non-the Company personnel, which Employee develops or of or to which
                                        3
<PAGE>
Employee  may obtain  knowledge or access  through or as a result of  Employee's
relationship  with the Company  (including  information  conceived,  originated,
discovered  or  developed  in  whole  or  in  part  by  Employee).  Confidential
Information includes,  but is not limited to, the following types of information
and other  information of a similar  nature  (whether or not reduced to writing)
related to the Company's business:  discoveries,  inventions,  ideas,  concepts,
research, development, processes, procedures, "know-how", formulae, marketing or
manufacturing  techniques  and  materials,   marketing  and  development  plans,
business plans, customer names and other information related to customers, price
lists, pricing policies, methods of operation,  financial information,  employee
compensation,  and computer programs and systems.  Confidential Information also
includes any information  described above which the Company obtains from another
party and which the Company treats as proprietary or designates as  Confidential
Information,  whether or not owned by or  developed  by the  Company,  including
Confidential  Information  acquired by the Company  from any of its  affiliates.
Employee  acknowledges  that the Confidential  Information  derives  independent
economic value, actual or potential,  from not being generally known to, and not
being  readily  ascertainable  by proper means by, other  persons who can obtain
economic  value from its disclosure or use.  Information  publicly known without
breach of this Agreement that is generally employed by the trade at or after the
time  Employee  first  learns of such  information,  or generic  information  or
knowledge which Employee would have learned in the course of similar  employment
or work  elsewhere  in the trade,  shall not be deemed part of the  Confidential
Information. Employee further agrees:

                  a. To furnish  the  Company on demand,  at any time  during or
after  employment,  a complete  list of the names and  addresses of all present,
former and potential suppliers,  financing sources, clients, customers and other
contacts  gained  while an  employee of the  Company in  Employee's  possession,
whether or not in the possession or within the knowledge of the Company.

                  b.   That   all   notes,   memoranda,    electronic   storage,
documentation   and  records  in  any  way   incorporating   or  reflecting  any
Confidential  Information shall belong exclusively to the Company,  and Employee
agrees to turn over all copies of such  materials in  Employee's  control to the
Company upon  request or upon  termination  of  Employee's  employment  with the
Company.

                  c. That while employed by the Company and thereafter  Employee
will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly reveal, report,  publish,
disclose  or  transfer  any of the  Confidential  Information  to any  person or
entity, or utilize any of the Confidential  Information for any purpose,  except
in the course of Employee's work for the Company.

                  d. That any idea in whole or in part  conceived  of or made by
Employee during the term of his employment,  consulting, or similar relationship
with the Company which relates  directly or indirectly to the Company's  current
or  planned  lines  of  business  and  is  made  through  the  use of any of the
Confidential  Information  of the  Company  or any of the  Company's  equipment,
facilities, trade secrets or time, or which results from any work performed by
                                        4
<PAGE>
Employee for the Company,  shall belong  exclusively to the Company and shall be
deemed a part of the  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this Agreement.
Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company all rights in and to
such  Confidential  Information  whether  for  purposes of  obtaining  patent or
copyright protection or otherwise. Employee shall acknowledge and deliver to the
Company,  without  charge  to the  Company  (but at its  expense)  such  written
instruments  and do such other acts,  including  giving  testimony in support of
Employee's  authorship  or  inventorship,  as the case may be,  necessary in the
opinion of the Company to obtain  patents or copyrights or to otherwise  protect
or vest in the  Company  the entire  right and title in and to the  Confidential
Information.

         9. Loyalty During Employment Term. Employee agrees that during the term
of Employee's employment by the Company,  Employee will devote substantially all
of  Employee's  business  time and effort to and give  undivided  loyalty to the
Company, and will not engage in any way whatsoever,  directly or indirectly,  in
any  business  that is  competitive  with the  Company  or its  affiliates,  nor
solicit,  or in any  other  manner  work for or  assist  any  business  which is
competitive  with the Company or its  affiliates.  During the term of Employee's
employment  by  the  Company,   Employee  will  undertake  no  planning  for  or
organization  of any  business  activity  competitive  with the  Company  or its
affiliates, and Employee will not combine or conspire with any other employee of
the  Company  or any  other  person  for the  purpose  of  organizing  any  such
competitive business activity.

         10.  Non-competition;  Non-solicitation.  The parties  acknowledge that
Employee will acquire much knowledge and information  concerning the business of
the Company  and its  affiliates  as the result of  Employee's  employment.  The
parties further  acknowledge  that the scope of business in which the Company is
engaged as of the date of execution of this  Agreement  is  world-wide  and very
competitive  and one in which few companies can  successfully  compete.  Certain
activities by Employee after this Agreement is terminated  would severely injure
the Company. Accordingly,  until two years after this Agreement is terminated or
Employee leaves the employment of the Company for any reason, Employee will not:

                  a. Engage in any work activity for or in conjunction  with any
business or entity that is in  competition  with or is preparing to compete with
the Company;

                  b. Persuade or attempt to persuade any  potential  customer or
client to which the  Company or any of its  affiliates  has made a  proposal  or
sale,  or with  which  the  Company  or any of its  affiliates  has been  having
discussions,  not to transact  business with the Company or such  affiliate,  or
instead to transact business with another person or organization;

                  c. Solicit the business of any customers,  financing  sources,
clients,   suppliers,  or  business  patrons  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
predecessors or affiliates  which were customers,  financing  sources,  clients,
suppliers,  or business  patrons of the  Company at any time  during  Employee's
employment by the Company,  or within three years prior to the Effective Date of
Employee's employment,  provided,  however, that if Employee becomes employed by
or
                                        5
<PAGE>
represents a business that  exclusively  sells products that do not compete with
products then  marketed or intended to be marketed by the Company,  such contact
shall be permissible; or

                  d. Solicit, endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of
its affiliates,  or otherwise  interfere with the relationship of the Company or
any of its affiliates  with, any person who is employed by or otherwise  engaged
to perform  services  for the  Company  or any of its  affiliates,  whether  for
Employee's account or for the account of any other person or organization.

         11. Injunctive Relief. It is agreed that the restrictions  contained in
Sections 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement are reasonable, but it is recognized that
damages  in the  event  of the  breach  of any of  those  restrictions  will  be
difficult or impossible to ascertain;  and, therefore,  Employee agrees that, in
addition to and without limiting any other right or remedy the Company may have,
the Company shall have the right to an injunction  against  Employee issued by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  enjoining any such breach  without  showing or
proving any actual  damage to the  Company.  This  paragraph  shall  survive the
termination of Employee's employment.

         12.  Part  of  Consideration.   Employee  also  agrees,   acknowledges,
covenants,  represents and warrants that he is fully and completely  aware that,
and further understands that, the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 8,
9, and 10 of this Agreement are an essential part of the  consideration  for the
Company  entering into this Agreement and that the Company is entering into this
Agreement in full reliance on these acknowledgments,  covenants, representations
and warranties.

         13. Time and Territory Reduction.  If any of the periods of time and/or
territories  described in Sections 8, 9 and 10 of this  Agreement are held to be
in any  respect  an  unreasonable  restriction,  it is agreed  that the court so
holding may reduce the territory to which the restriction pertains or the period
of time in which it operates or may reduce both such  territory and such period,
to the minimum extent necessary to render such provision enforceable.

         14.  Survival.  The obligations  described in Sections 8 and 10 of this
Agreement  shall survive any termination of this Agreement or any termination of
the employment relationship created hereunder.

         15. Nondelegability of Employee's Rights and Company Assignment Rights.
The obligations,  rights and benefits of Employee hereunder are personal and may
not be delegated, assigned or transferred in any manner whatsoever, nor are such
obligations, rights or benefits subject to involuntary alienation, assignment or
transfer.  Upon mutual  agreement  of the parties,  the Company upon  reasonable
notice to Employee may transfer  Employee to an affiliate of the Company,  which
affiliate shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. This
Agreement  shall  be  assigned  automatically  to any  entity  merging  with  or
acquiring the Company.
                                        6
<PAGE>
         16.  Amendment.  Except  for  documents  regarding  the  grant of stock
options  and  an  Invention,   Confidential   Information  and   Non-Competition
Agreement,  this  Agreement  contains,  and its  terms  constitute,  the  entire
agreement of the parties and  supersedes  any prior  agreements,  including  any
Employment  Agreements,  and it may be amended only by a written document signed
by both parties to this Agreement.

         17.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
and  enforced  in  accordance  with the  internal  laws of the State of Arizona,
exclusive of the conflict of law provisions thereof,  and the parties agree that
any  litigation  pertaining  to this  Agreement  shall be in courts  located  in
Maricopa County, Arizona.

         18.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any party finds it necessary to employ legal
counsel or to bring an action at law or other proceeding against the other party
to enforce any of the terms hereof,  the party  prevailing in any such action or
other proceeding shall be paid by the other party its reasonable attorneys' fees
as well as court costs all as determined by the court and not a jury.

         19. Notices. All notices, demands,  instructions,  or requests relating
to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except as otherwise  provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been given for all purposes (i) upon personal  delivery,
(ii) one day after  being  sent,  when sent by  professional  overnight  courier
service from and to locations within the Continental  United States,  (iii) five
days after posting when sent by United States registered or certified mail, with
return receipt  requested and postage paid, or (iv) on the date of  transmission
when sent by facsimile with a hard-copy confirmation;  if directed to the person
or entity to which notice is to be given at his or its address set forth in this
Agreement  or at any other  address  such  person or entity  has  designated  by
notice.

                  To the Company:      ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                       2850 South 36th Street, Suite 16
                                       Phoenix, AZ 85034
                                       Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  To Employee:         William C. Rieger

                                       ---------------------
                                       ---------------------
                                       ---------------------


         20. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement and the Invention,  Confidential
Information  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  bearing  the  same  date  as  this
Agreement  constitute  the final  written  expression  of all of the  agreements
between the parties and are a complete and  exclusive  statement of those terms.
They  supersede  all  understandings  and  negotiations  concerning  the matters
specified herein. Any representations,  promises,  warranties or statements made
by either party that differ in any way from the terms of this written  Agreement
shall be given no force or effect. The parties specifically  represent,  each to
the other, that there are no additional or supplemental  agreements between them
related in any way to the matters herein contained unless specifically  included
or
                                        7
<PAGE>
referred to herein.  No addition to or  modification  of any  provision  of this
Agreement  shall be binding  upon any party unless made in writing and signed by
all parties. To the extent that there is any conflict between this Agreement and
the Invention,  Confidential  Information and Non-  Competition  Agreement,  the
provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

         21. Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any covenant or
provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent breach by either party.

         22.  Invalidity of Any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
severable,  it being  the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  should  any
provisions   hereof  be   invalid   or   unenforceable,   such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  of any  provision  shall not affect the  remaining  provisions
hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or
unenforceable provisions were omitted.

         23.  Attachments.  All  attachments  or exhibits to this  Agreement are
incorporated  herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein.  In the
event  of any  conflict,  contradiction  or  ambiguity  between  the  terms  and
conditions  in this  Agreement  and any of its  attachments,  the  terms of this
Agreement shall prevail.

         24.  Interpretation  of  Agreement.  When a  reference  is made in this
Agreement  to an article or section,  such  reference  shall be to an article or
section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation  of this Agreement.  Whenever the words "include,"
"includes," or "including" are used in this  Agreement,  they shall be deemed to
be followed by the words "without limitation."

         25. Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

         26. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         27. Binding Effect;  Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,
successors,  executors,  administrators  and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained  in  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  nothing  in  this  Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties
hereto or their respective  heirs,  successors,  executors,  administrators  and
assigns any rights,  remedies,  obligations or liabilities under or by reason of
this Agreement.
                                        8
<PAGE>
         This  Agreement  has been  executed  by the  parties  as the date first
written above.

                                   ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                   ("Company")


                                   By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                      -----------------------------------  
                                            Thomas R. Trotter
                                            Chief Executive Officer


                                   WILLIAM C. RIEGER
                                   ("Employee")


                                   By: /s/ William c. Rieger
                                      -----------------------------------
                                        9

                        TRANSITIONAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This Agreement,  which shall be effective as of February 2, 1998, is by
and between OrthoLogic Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  and Allen
R. Dunaway ("Employee").

RECITALS:
- ---------

         A.  Employee  is  presently  employed  by the  Company  pursuant  to an
Employment  Agreement  dated as of  December 1, 1996.  Both  parties now wish to
revise the terms and nature of the employment  relationship  and provide for the
termination of the employment relationship at a specific time in the future.

         B. The  parties  wish to set  forth in this  Agreement  the  terms  and
conditions of such continuing employment and eventual termination.

AGREEMENT:
- ----------

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       Employment.

                  (a) Duties and Title.  Subject to the terms and  conditions of
this  Agreement,   the  Company  employs  Employee  and  Employee  accepts  such
employment and agrees to perform such reasonable  responsibilities and duties as
may be assigned  to him from time to time by the  Company's  Board of  Directors
(the  "Board") or Chief  Executive  Officer (the "CEO").  Initially,  Employee's
title shall be Chief Financial Officer, but Employee's title may be changed from
time  to  time,  or  eliminated  altogether,  by the  CEO,  acting  in his  sole
discretion. Employee will report to the Company's CEO. Until an Election occurs,
as defined in the next paragraph, Employee agrees to devote substantially all of
this business time and efforts to the business of the Company.

                  (b) At the  election  of the CEO (an  "Election"),  Employee's
duties will  change as of a specific  date,  and  thereafter,  Employee  will be
involved only in specific  projects  relating to the Company's  finance matters,
reimbursement  and  information  systems as may be  assigned to him from time to
time by the CEO.  After the effective  time of an Election,  Employee  shall not
have set work hours.

         2.  Term.  Until  the  effective  time  of an  Election,  the  term  of
Employee's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for up to three months
beginning on February 2, 1998. However,  upon the effective time of an Election,
the  term of  employment  shall be  extended  to the date 15  months  after  the
effective  time of such  Election.  After  the  expiration  of the  term of this
Agreement,  it may be  extended  only by a written  agreement  executed  by both
parties.
                                        1
<PAGE>
         3.       Compensation.

                  (a) Salary.  During  Employee's  employment  term, the Company
shall pay Employee a minimum base annual salary, before deducting all applicable
withholdings,  of  $125,000  per year,  payable  at the times and in the  manner
dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (b) Bonus.  Additionally,  Employee  shall  receive a bonus of
$25,000 upon the  completion,  to the  satisfaction of the CEO, of the Company's
annual audit,  annual report and report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1997.

                  (c) Stock Options.  Employee currently has options to purchase
shares of the Company's  Common Stock. So long as Employee  remains  employed by
the Company,  unvested  options shall  continue to vest in  accordance  with the
applicable  terms of grant.  All unvested  options shall vest immediately upon a
termination of Employee's employment for any reason other than the expiration of
the term of  employment  as  described  in Section 2. After the  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  the options shall remain exercisable for the applicable
time specified in the applicable terms of grant.

         4.       Fringe Benefits.

                  (a)  In  addition  to  the  compensation,  bonus  and  options
described in Section 3, and any other  employee  benefit plans  (including  life
insurance and pension,  savings and  disability  plans)  generally  available to
employees, the Company shall include Employee in any group health insurance plan
and, if eligible,  any group  retirement  plan  instituted  by the Company.  The
manner  of  implementation  of such  benefits  with  respect  to such  items  as
procedures  and  amounts  are  discretionary  with  the  Company,  but  shall be
maintained at a level comparable to that enjoyed by  management-level  employees
of the Company.

                  (b)  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  vacation  with  pay in
accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect from time to time. In
addition, Employee shall be entitled to such holidays as the Company may approve
from time to time.

                  (c) The Company agrees to pay up to $10,000 for  out-placement
counseling and assistance provided by a mutually acceptable  out-placement firm;
provided  that such payment will only be available if such service is engaged no
later than 90 days after the date on which Employee's  employment by the Company
terminates.

         5.   Expenses.   The  Company   shall,   upon  receipt  of  appropriate
documentation, reimburse Employee each month for his reasonable travel, lodging,
entertainment,  promotion  and other  ordinary and necessary  business  expenses
consistent with Company policies.
                                        2
<PAGE>
         6.       Termination.

                  (a) For Cause.  The Company may terminate  this  Agreement for
cause upon written notice to Employee stating the facts constituting such cause,
provided  that  Employee  shall have 10 days  following  such notice to cure any
conduct or act, if curable, alleged to provide grounds for termination for cause
hereunder. The written notice shall state the cause for termination. Cause shall
include neglect of duties,  willful failure to abide by instructions or policies
from or set by the  Board  of  Directors,  commission  of a  felony  or  serious
misdemeanor  offense or pleading guilty or nolo  contendere to same,  Employee's
material  breach of this  Agreement or Employee's  breach of any other  material
obligation  to the  Company.  If a  termination  for  cause  occurs  before  the
effective  time of an Election,  the Company  shall be obligated to pay Employee
only the minimum base salary due him through the date of  termination.  However,
if a termination  for cause occurs after the effective  time of an Election,  so
long as Employee  continues to comply with the  requirements  of this Agreement,
including  Sections 7 and 9, the Company  shall  continue to pay to Employee his
minimum base salary in effect at the time of termination  through the end of the
term of the  Agreement,  as provided in Section 2, at the time and in the manner
dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (b)  Without  Cause.  The  Company  may  terminate  Employee's
employment at any time,  immediately and without cause, by giving written notice
to  Employee.  If the Company  terminates  Employee  without  cause,  so long as
Employee continues to comply with the requirements of this Agreement,  including
Sections 7 and 9, it shall  continue to pay to Employee  his minimum base salary
in  effect  at the  time  of  termination  through  the  end of the  term of the
Agreement,  as provided in Section 2, at the time and in the manner  dictated by
the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (c) Disability. If during the term of this Agreement, Employee
fails to perform his duties hereunder because of illness or other incapacity for
a period of 45 consecutive days, or for 60 days during any six-month period, the
Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment by giving notice
to  Employee.  If the Company  terminates  Employee for  disability,  so long as
Employee continues to comply with the requirements of this Agreement,  including
Sections 7 and 9, it shall  continue to pay to Employee  his minimum base salary
in  effect  at the  time  of  termination  through  the  end of the  term of the
Agreement,  as provided in Section 2, at the time and in the manner  dictated by
the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (d) Death. If Employee dies during the term of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and Employee's legal representatives
shall be entitled to receive  the base salary due  Employee,  at a time and in a
manner  similar to when it would have been paid to Employee if he had  survived,
through the end of the term of the  Agreement,  as provided in Section 2, at the
time and in the manner  dictated by the  Company's  standard  payroll  policies,
except for any change in withholding justified by the change in circumstances.
                                        3
<PAGE>
                  (e) Resignation.  Employee may resign his employment by giving
the Company  written  notice.  In the event of such a  resignation,  the Company
shall be obligated to pay Employee  only the minimum base salary due him through
the effective date of the resignation.

         7. Confidential  Information.  Employee  acknowledges that Employee may
receive,  or contribute to the  production  of,  Confidential  Information.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  Employee  agrees that  "Confidential  Information"
shall mean any and all  information  or material  proprietary  to the Company or
designated as Confidential Information by the Company and not generally known by
non-the Company  personnel,  which Employee  develops or of or to which Employee
may obtain knowledge or access through or as a result of Employee's relationship
with the Company (including  information  conceived,  originated,  discovered or
developed in whole or in part by Employee).  Confidential  Information includes,
but is not limited to, the following types of information and other  information
of a similar nature (whether or not reduced to writing) related to the Company's
business:  discoveries,  inventions,  ideas,  concepts,  research,  development,
processes,   procedures,   "know-how",   formulae,  marketing  or  manufacturing
techniques and  materials,  marketing and  development  plans,  business  plans,
customer names and other information related to customers,  price lists, pricing
policies,  methods of operation,  financial information,  employee compensation,
and computer  programs and systems.  Confidential  Information also includes any
information  described  above which the Company  obtains from another  party and
which  the  Company  treats  as   proprietary  or  designates  as   Confidential
Information,  whether or not owned by or  developed  by the  Company,  including
Confidential  Information  acquired by the Company  from any of its  affiliates.
Employee  acknowledges  that the Confidential  Information  derives  independent
economic value, actual or potential,  from not being generally known to, and not
being  readily  ascertainable  by proper means by, other  persons who can obtain
economic  value from its disclosure or use.  Information  publicly known without
breach of this Agreement that is generally employed by the trade at or after the
time  Employee  first  learns of such  information,  or generic  information  or
knowledge which Employee would have learned in the course of similar  employment
or work  elsewhere  in the trade,  shall not be deemed part of the  Confidential
Information. Employee further agrees:

                  a. To furnish  the  Company on demand,  at any time  during or
after  employment,  a complete  list of the names and  addresses of all present,
former and potential suppliers,  financing sources, clients, customers and other
contacts  gained  while an  employee of the  Company in  Employee's  possession,
whether or not in the possession or within the knowledge of the Company.

                  b.   That   all   notes,   memoranda,    electronic   storage,
documentation   and  records  in  any  way   incorporating   or  reflecting  any
Confidential  Information shall belong exclusively to the Company,  and Employee
agrees to turn over all copies of such  materials in  Employee's  control to the
Company upon  request or upon  termination  of  Employee's  employment  with the
Company.

                  c. That while employed by the Company and thereafter  Employee
will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly reveal, report,  publish,
disclose  or  transfer  any of the  Confidential  Information  to any  person or
entity, or utilize any of the Confidential  Information for any purpose,  except
in the course of Employee's work for the Company.
                                        4
<PAGE>
                  d. That any idea in whole or in part  conceived  of or made by
Employee during the term of his employment,  consulting, or similar relationship
with the Company which relates  directly or indirectly to the Company's  current
or  planned  lines  of  business  and  is  made  through  the  use of any of the
Confidential  Information  of the  Company  or any of the  Company's  equipment,
facilities,  trade secrets or time, or which results from any work  performed by
Employee for the Company,  shall belong  exclusively to the Company and shall be
deemed a part of the  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this Agreement.
Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company all rights in and to
such  Confidential  Information  whether  for  purposes of  obtaining  patent or
copyright protection or otherwise. Employee shall acknowledge and deliver to the
Company,  without  charge  to the  Company  (but at its  expense)  such  written
instruments  and do such other acts,  including  giving  testimony in support of
Employee's  authorship  or  inventorship,  as the case may be,  necessary in the
opinion of the Company to obtain  patents or copyrights or to otherwise  protect
or vest in the  Company  the entire  right and title in and to the  Confidential
Information.

         8. Loyalty During Employment Term. Employee agrees that during the term
of  Employee's  employment  by the  Company,  before  the  effective  time of an
Election, Employee will devote substantially all of Employee's business time and
effort to the Company.  Throughout the period of  employment,  he will also give
undivided  loyalty to the  Company,  and will not engage in any way  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  in any business that is competitive with the Company or
its  affiliates,  nor  solicit,  or in any other  manner  work for or assist any
business which is  competitive  with the Company or its  affiliates.  During the
term of  Employee's  employment  by the  Company,  Employee  will  undertake  no
planning for or  organization  of any  business  activity  competitive  with the
Company or its  affiliates,  and Employee  will not combine or conspire with any
other  employee of the Company or any other person for the purpose of organizing
any such competitive business activity.  However,  Employee shall be entitled to
make a passive  investment  in a publicly  traded stock of a  competitor  of the
Company  so  long as he does  not at any  time  own  more  than 5% of the  total
outstanding stock of such competitor.

         9.  Non-competition;  Non-solicitation.  The parties  acknowledge  that
Employee will acquire much knowledge and information  concerning the business of
the Company  and its  affiliates  as the result of  Employee's  employment.  The
parties further  acknowledge  that the scope of business in which the Company is
engaged as of the date of execution of this  Agreement  is  world-wide  and very
competitive  and one in which few companies can  successfully  compete.  Certain
activities by Employee after this Agreement is terminated  would severely injure
the Company. Accordingly,  after the termination of Employee's employment and so
long as he is  receiving  any payments  from the Company  pursuant to Section 6,
Employee will not:

                  a. Engage in any work activity for or in conjunction  with any
business or entity that is in  competition  with or is preparing to compete with
the Company;

                  b. Persuade or attempt to persuade any  potential  customer or
client to which the  Company or any of its  affiliates  has made a  proposal  or
sale, or with which the Company or any of
                                        5
<PAGE>
its affiliates has been having  discussions,  not to transact  business with the
Company or such affiliate,  or instead to transact  business with another person
or organization;

                  c. Solicit the business of any customers,  financing  sources,
clients,   suppliers,  or  business  patrons  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
predecessors or affiliates  which were customers,  financing  sources,  clients,
suppliers,  or business  patrons of the  Company at any time  during  Employee's
employment by the Company, provided,  however, that if Employee becomes employed
by or represents a business that exclusively  sells products that do not compete
with  products  then  marketed or intended to be marketed by the  Company,  such
contact shall be permissible; or

                  d. Solicit, endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of
its affiliates,  or otherwise  interfere with the relationship of the Company or
any of its affiliates  with, any person who is employed by or otherwise  engaged
to perform  services  for the  Company  or any of its  affiliates,  whether  for
Employee's account or for the account of any other person or organization.

         10. Injunctive Relief. It is agreed that the restrictions  contained in
Sections 7, 8, and 9 of this Agreement are reasonable, but it is recognized that
damages  in the  event  of the  breach  of any of  those  restrictions  will  be
difficult or impossible to ascertain;  and, therefore,  Employee agrees that, in
addition to and without limiting any other right or remedy the Company may have,
the Company shall have the right to an injunction  against  Employee issued by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  enjoining any such breach  without  showing or
proving any actual  damage to the  Company.  This  paragraph  shall  survive the
termination of Employee's employment.

         11.  Part  of  Consideration.   Employee  also  agrees,   acknowledges,
covenants,  represents and warrants that he is fully and completely  aware that,
and further understands that, the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 7,
8, and 9 of this  Agreement are an essential part of the  consideration  for the
Company  entering into this Agreement and that the Company is entering into this
Agreement in full reliance on these acknowledgments,  covenants, representations
and warranties.

         12. Time and Territory Reduction.  If any of the periods of time and/or
territories described in Sections 7, 8, or 9 of this Agreement are held to be in
any respect an unreasonable restriction,  it is agreed that the court so holding
may reduce the territory to which the restriction pertains or the period of time
in which it operates or may reduce both such  territory and such period,  to the
minimum extent necessary to render such provision enforceable.

         13.  Survival.  The  obligations  described in Sections 7 and 9 of this
Agreement  shall survive any termination of this Agreement or any termination of
the employment relationship created hereunder.

         14.  Indemnification.  The  Company  will  provide  indemnification  to
Employee in accordance  with the current  Certificate and Bylaws of the Company.
These obligations shall survive the termination of Employee's employment.
                                        6
<PAGE>
         15.  Testimony.  If  Employee  has  knowledge  of or is alleged to have
knowledge  of any matters  which are the subject of any pending,  threatened  or
future  litigation  involving  the  Company  (or any  subsidiary),  he will make
himself  available  to  testify  if and as  necessary.  Employee  will also make
himself  available to the attorneys  representing the Company in connection with
any such  litigation or dispute for such purposes as they may deem  necessary or
appropriate, including but not limited to the review of documents, discussion of
the case and  preparation  for any  legal  proceedings.  This  Agreement  is not
intended to and shall not be  construed  so as to in any way limit or affect the
testimony  which  Employee  gives  in  any  such  proceedings.  Further,  it  is
understood and agreed that Employee will at all times testify fully,  truthfully
and accurately, whether in deposition, hearing, trial or otherwise.

         16. Nondelegability of Employee's Rights and Company Assignment Rights.
The obligations,  rights and benefits of Employee hereunder are personal and may
not be delegated, assigned or transferred in any manner whatsoever, nor are such
obligations, rights or benefits subject to involuntary alienation, assignment or
transfer.  Upon mutual  agreement  of the parties,  the Company upon  reasonable
notice to Employee may transfer  Employee to an affiliate of the Company,  which
affiliate shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. This
Agreement  shall  be  assigned  automatically  to any  entity  merging  with  or
acquiring the Company.

         17.  Amendment.  Except  for  documents  regarding  the  grant of stock
options  and  an  Invention,   Confidential   Information  and   Non-Competition
Agreement,  this  Agreement  contains,  and its  terms  constitute,  the  entire
agreement of the parties and  supersedes  any prior  agreements,  including  any
Employment  Agreements,  and it may be amended only by a written document signed
by both parties to this Agreement.

         18.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
and  enforced  in  accordance  with the  internal  laws of the State of Arizona,
exclusive of the conflict of law provisions thereof,  and the parties agree that
any  litigation  pertaining  to this  Agreement  shall be in courts  located  in
Maricopa County, Arizona.

         19.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any party finds it necessary to employ legal
counsel or to bring an action at law or other proceeding against the other party
to enforce any of the terms hereof,  the party  prevailing in any such action or
other proceeding shall be paid by the other party its reasonable attorneys' fees
as well as court costs all as determined by the court and not a jury.

         20. Notices. All notices, demands,  instructions,  or requests relating
to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except as otherwise  provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been given for all purposes (i) upon personal  delivery,
(ii) one day after  being  sent,  when sent by  professional  overnight  courier
service from and to locations within the Continental  United States,  (iii) five
days after posting when sent by United States registered or certified mail, with
return receipt  requested and postage paid, or (iv) on the date of  transmission
when sent by facsimile with a hard-copy confirmation;  if directed to the person
or entity to which notice is to be given at his or its address set forth in this
Agreement  or at any other  address  such  person or entity  has  designated  by
notice.
                                        7
<PAGE>
                  To the Company:   ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                         1275 West Washington Street
                                         Tempe, AZ 85281
                                         Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  To Employee:      Allen R. Dunaway
                                         4612 East Onyx
                                         Phoenix, AZ 85025

         21. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, and the Invention,  Confidential
information  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  previously  executed  by  Employee
constitute  the final written  expression of all of the  agreements  between the
parties,  and are a  complete  and  exclusive  statement  of those  terms.  They
supersede all understandings  and negotiations  concerning the matters specified
herein, including the Employment Agreement between the parties which is dated as
of December 1, 1996.  Any  representations,  promises,  warranties or statements
made by either  party that differ in any way from the terms of these two written
Agreements  shall  be  given  no  force  or  effect.  The  parties  specifically
represent,  each to the other,  that  there are no  additional  or  supplemental
agreements  between  them  related in any way to the  matters  herein  contained
unless  specifically   included  or  referred  to  herein.  No  addition  to  or
modification of any provision of either of such Agreements shall be binding upon
any party unless made in writing and signed by all  parties.  To the extent that
there is any conflict  between this  Agreement and the  Invention,  Confidential
information  and  Non-Competition  Agreement,  the  provisions of this Agreement
shall govern.

         22. Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any covenant or
provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent breach by either party.

         23.  Invalidity of Any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
severable,  it being  the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  should  any
provisions   hereof  be   invalid   or   unenforceable,   such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  of any  provision  shall not affect the  remaining  provisions
hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or
unenforceable provisions were omitted.

         24.  Attachments.  All  attachments  or exhibits to this  Agreement are
incorporated  herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein.  In the
event  of any  conflict,  contradiction  or  ambiguity  between  the  terms  and
conditions  in this  Agreement  and any of its  attachments,  the  terms of this
Agreement shall prevail.

         25.  Interpretation  of  Agreement.  When a  reference  is made in this
Agreement  to an article or section,  such  reference  shall be to an article or
section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation  of this Agreement.  Whenever the words "include,"
"includes," or "including" are used in this  Agreement,  they shall be deemed to
be followed by the words "without limitation."
                                        8
<PAGE>
         26. Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

         27. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         28. Binding Effect;  Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,
successors,  executors,  administrators  and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained  in  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  nothing  in  this  Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties
hereto or their respective  heirs,  successors,  executors,  administrators  and
assigns any rights,  remedies,  obligations or liabilities under or by reason of
this Agreement.

         This Agreement has been executed by the parties as of February 2, 1998.

                           ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                           ("Company")


                           By:      /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                    --------------------------
                                    Thomas R. Trotter
                                    President and CEO


                           ALLEN R. DUNAWAY
                           ("Employee")


                           By:      /s/ Allen R. Dunaway
                                    --------------------------
                                    Allen R. Dunaway
                                        9

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This Agreement shall be effective, as of March 16, 1998, by and between
OrthoLogic  Corp., a Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  and Terry C. Meier
("Employee").

RECITALS:
- ---------

         A. The Company  wishes to employ  Employee,  and Employee  wishes to be
employed by the Company.

         B. The  parties  wish to set  forth in this  Agreement  the  terms  and
conditions of such employment.

AGREEMENT:
- ----------

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  the Company employs  Employee to serve in a managerial  capacity and
Employee   accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  to  perform  such  reasonable
responsibilities  and duties as may be  assigned to him from time to time by the
Company's Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"). Initially, Employee's title shall
be Senior Vice President. Effective April 1, 1998, Employee's title shall become
Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  and Employee  shall have
general responsibility for the books of account, financial statements, financial
reporting  and  administration  of the  Company.  Such  title and  duties may be
changed from time to time by the CEO. Employee will report to the CEO.

         2. Term. The initial term of this  Agreement  shall expire on March 16,
2001.  Thereafter this Agreement shall renew  automatically for additional terms
of one-year each unless either party gives to the other notice of non-renewal at
least 90 days before the end of the initial term or any renewal  term, or unless
it is terminated pursuant to Section 7.

         3. Compensation.

                  (a) Salary. Beginning on the effective date of this Agreement,
the  Company  shall pay  Employee a base annual  salary,  before  deducting  all
applicable  withholdings,  of $175,000 per year, payable at the times and in the
manner dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies. Effective January 1,
1999, and annually  thereafter,  the base annual salary shall be reviewed by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Board").
<PAGE>
                  (b) Bonus.  Employee  shall be eligible to participate in such
bonus and incentive  programs as are determined  from time to time by the Board.
Any bonuses shall be based upon the achievement of individual  goals and Company
performance.  Each fiscal year,  Employee will be eligible for a target bonus of
40% of Employee's base salary for achievement of the Board-approved  plan, which
shall be prorated for periods of less than one full year.

                  (c) Stock Options. Effective March 16, 1998, The Company shall
grant to Employee  incentive options (the parties understand that only a portion
of such options will qualify as incentive  options for tax  purposes),  from the
Company's  1997 Stock Option Plan, to purchase  150,000  shares of the Company's
common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock
on the effective date of the grant,  with such value  determined as specified in
the Company's  1997 Stock Option Plan. So long as Employee is still  employed by
the Company at each such time of  vesting,  options to  purchase  50,000  shares
shall vest on the first  anniversary  of  Employee's  employment by the Company,
additional  options to purchase 4,166 shares shall vest on March 16, 1999 and on
the 16th day of each calendar  month  thereafter  through  February 16, 2001 and
options to purchase 4,182 shares shall vest on March 16, 2001.

         4. Fringe Benefits. In addition to the compensation,  bonus and options
described in Section 3, and any other employee benefit plans (including  without
limitation  pension,  savings  and  disability  plans)  generally  available  to
employees, the Company shall include Employee in any group health insurance plan
and, if eligible,  any group  retirement  plan  instituted  by the Company.  The
manner  of  implementation  of such  benefits  with  respect  to such  items  as
procedures  and  amounts  are  discretionary  with  the  Company  but  shall  be
commensurate with Employee's executive capacity.

         5.  Vacation.  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  vacation  with pay in
accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect from time to time. In
addition, Employee shall be entitled to such holidays as the Company may approve
from time to time.

         6. Expenses.

                  (a)  Reimbursement.   In  addition  to  the  compensation  and
benefits  provided  above,  the  Company  shall,  upon  receipt  of  appropriate
documentation, reimburse Employee each month for his reasonable travel, lodging,
entertainment,  promotion  and other  ordinary and necessary  business  expenses
consistent with Company policies.

         (b) Moving to Arizona.  Employee shall be reimbursed for (i) the direct
relocation  costs of moving his household  goods and family from Missouri to the
Phoenix  Metropolitan  Area;  (ii) the  brokerage  commission  and closing costs
related  to the sale of his  existing  home in  Missouri;  (iii)  closing  costs
related to his new home in the Phoenix  Metropolitan Area; and (iv) such amounts
as may be necessary,  for a period of not to exceed three  months,  to cover the
reasonable  costs  of  temporary  living  expenses  and an  automobile  in,  and
commuting to and from the Phoenix  Metropolitan  Area.  If Employee  resigns his
employment before the date two years
                                        2
<PAGE>
after the effective date, he shall reimburse OrthoLogic for a prorata portion of
the  total  relocation  expenses  reimbursed  by  OrthoLogic;  provided  that if
Employee   resigns  for  health   reasons  and  qualifies  for  payments   under
OrthoLogic's  long-term  disability plan then in effect,  no such  reimbursement
shall be required. Any such portion shall be determined by multiplying the total
relocation  expenses  reimbursed  by a fraction  the  numerator  of which is the
number  of full  months  Employee  has  been  employed  by  OrthoLogic,  and the
denominator of which is 24.

         (c) Returning to Missouri.  If Employee remains employed by the Company
for at least three  consecutive  years and then  returns to Missouri  within one
year after the termination of his Employment by the Company, Employee shall also
be reimbursed for the brokerage commission and closing costs related to the sale
of his home in Arizona.

         7. Termination.

                  (a) For Cause.  The Company may terminate  this  Agreement for
cause upon written notice to Employee stating the facts constituting such cause,
provided  that  Employee  shall have 30 days  following  such notice to cure any
conduct or act, if curable, alleged to provide grounds for termination for cause
hereunder. In the event of termination for cause, the Company shall be obligated
to pay  Employee  only the base salary due him through the date of  termination.
The written  notice shall state the cause for  termination.  Cause shall include
neglect of duties,  willful failure to abide by instructions or policies from or
set by the Board of  Directors,  commission  of a felony or serious  misdemeanor
offense or  pleading  guilty or nolo  contendere  to same,  Employee's  material
breach of this Agreement or Employee's  breach of any other material  obligation
to the Company.

                  (b)  Without  Cause.  The  Company  may  terminate  Employee's
Employment at any time,  immediately and without cause, by giving written notice
to Employee. If the Company terminates Employee without cause, provided Employee
first executes a Severance  Agreement in the form then used by the Company,  the
Company shall  continue to pay to Employee his base salary in effect at the time
of termination  for a period of one year following the date of  termination,  at
the time and in the manner dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (c) Disability. If during the term of this Agreement, Employee
fails to perform his duties hereunder because of illness or other incapacity for
a period of 45 consecutive days, or for 60 days during any six-month period, the
Company  shall  have the  right to  terminate  this  Agreement  without  further
obligation  hereunder except as otherwise provided in disability plans generally
applicable to executive employees.

                  (d) Death. If Employee dies during the term of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and Employee's legal representatives
shall be entitled to receive the base salary due  Employee  through the last day
of the calendar month in which his death shall have occurred and any other death
benefits generally applicable to executive employees.
                                        3
<PAGE>
                  (e) Resignation.  Employee may resign his employment by giving
the Company  written  notice,  which shall also  include his  resignation  as an
officer of the Company. In the event of such a resignation, the Company shall be
obligated  to pay  Employee  only the base salary due him through the  effective
date of the resignation.

         8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  acknowledges that Employee may
receive,  or contribute to the  production  of,  Confidential  Information.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  Employee  agrees that  "Confidential  Information"
shall mean any and all  information  or material  proprietary  to the Company or
designated as Confidential Information by the Company and not generally known by
non-the Company  personnel,  which Employee  develops or of or to which Employee
may obtain knowledge or access through or as a result of Employee's relationship
with the Company (including  information  conceived,  originated,  discovered or
developed in whole or in part by Employee).  Confidential  Information includes,
but is not limited to, the following types of information and other  information
of a similar nature (whether or not reduced to writing) related to the Company's
business:  discoveries,  inventions,  ideas,  concepts,  research,  development,
processes,   procedures,   "know-how",   formulae,  marketing  or  manufacturing
techniques and  materials,  marketing and  development  plans,  business  plans,
customer names and other information related to customers,  price lists, pricing
policies,  methods of operation,  financial information,  employee compensation,
and computer  programs and systems.  Confidential  Information also includes any
information  described  above which the Company  obtains from another  party and
which  the  Company  treats  as   proprietary  or  designates  as   Confidential
Information,  whether or not owned by or  developed  by the  Company,  including
Confidential  Information  acquired by the Company  from any of its  affiliates.
Employee  acknowledges  that the Confidential  Information  derives  independent
economic value, actual or potential,  from not being generally known to, and not
being  readily  ascertainable  by proper means by, other  persons who can obtain
economic  value from its disclosure or use.  Information  publicly known without
breach of this Agreement that is generally employed by the trade at or after the
time  Employee  first  learns of such  information,  or generic  information  or
knowledge which Employee would have learned in the course of similar  employment
or work  elsewhere  in the trade,  shall not be deemed part of the  Confidential
Information. Employee further agrees:

                  a. To furnish  the  Company on demand,  at any time  during or
after  employment,  a complete  list of the names and  addresses of all present,
former and potential suppliers,  financing sources, clients, customers and other
contacts  gained  while an  employee of the  Company in  Employee's  possession,
whether or not in the possession or within the knowledge of the Company.

                  b.   That   all   notes,   memoranda,    electronic   storage,
documentation   and  records  in  any  way   incorporating   or  reflecting  any
Confidential  Information shall belong exclusively to the Company,  and Employee
agrees to turn over all copies of such  materials in  Employee's  control to the
Company upon  request or upon  termination  of  Employee's  employment  with the
Company.
                                        4
<PAGE>
                  c. That while employed by the Company and thereafter  Employee
will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly reveal, report,  publish,
disclose  or  transfer  any of the  Confidential  Information  to any  person or
entity, or utilize any of the Confidential  Information for any purpose,  except
in the course of Employee's work for the Company.

                  d. That any idea in whole or in part  conceived  of or made by
Employee during the term of his employment,  consulting, or similar relationship
with the Company which relates  directly or indirectly to the Company's  current
or  planned  lines  of  business  and  is  made  through  the  use of any of the
Confidential  Information  of the  Company  or any of the  Company's  equipment,
facilities,  trade secrets or time, or which results from any work  performed by
Employee for the Company,  shall belong  exclusively to the Company and shall be
deemed a part of the  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this Agreement.
Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company all rights in and to
such  Confidential  Information  whether  for  purposes of  obtaining  patent or
copyright protection or otherwise. Employee shall acknowledge and deliver to the
Company,  without  charge  to the  Company  (but at its  expense)  such  written
instruments  and do such other acts,  including  giving  testimony in support of
Employee's  authorship  or  inventorship,  as the case may be,  necessary in the
opinion of the Company to obtain  patents or copyrights or to otherwise  protect
or vest in the  Company  the entire  right and title in and to the  Confidential
Information.

         9. Loyalty During Employment Term. Employee agrees that during the term
of Employee's employment by the Company,  Employee will devote substantially all
of  Employee's  business  time and effort to and give  undivided  loyalty to the
Company, and will not engage in any way whatsoever,  directly or indirectly,  in
any  business  that is  competitive  with the  Company  or its  affiliates,  nor
solicit,  or in any  other  manner  work for or  assist  any  business  which is
competitive  with the Company or its  affiliates.  During the term of Employee's
employment  by  the  Company,   Employee  will  undertake  no  planning  for  or
organization  of any  business  activity  competitive  with the  Company  or its
affiliates, and Employee will not combine or conspire with any other employee of
the  Company  or any  other  person  for the  purpose  of  organizing  any  such
competitive business activity.

         10.  Non-competition;  Non-solicitation.  The parties  acknowledge that
Employee will acquire much knowledge and information  concerning the business of
the Company  and its  affiliates  as the result of  Employee's  employment.  The
parties further  acknowledge  that the scope of business in which the Company is
engaged as of the date of execution of this  Agreement  is  world-wide  and very
competitive  and one in which few companies can  successfully  compete.  Certain
activities by Employee after this Agreement is terminated  would severely injure
the Company. Accordingly,  until two years after this Agreement is terminated or
Employee leaves the employment of the Company for any reason, Employee will not:

                  a. Engage in any work activity for or in conjunction  with any
business or entity that is in  competition  with or is preparing to compete with
the Company;
                                        5
<PAGE>
                  b. Persuade or attempt to persuade any  potential  customer or
client to which the  Company or any of its  affiliates  has made a  proposal  or
sale,  or with  which  the  Company  or any of its  affiliates  has been  having
discussions,  not to transact  business with the Company or such  affiliate,  or
instead to transact business with another person or organization;

                  c. Solicit the business of any customers,  financing  sources,
clients,   suppliers,  or  business  patrons  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
predecessors or affiliates  which were customers,  financing  sources,  clients,
suppliers,  or business  patrons of the  Company at any time  during  Employee's
employment by the Company,  or within three years prior to the Effective Date of
Employee's employment,  provided,  however, that if Employee becomes employed by
or represents a business  that  exclusively  sells  products that do not compete
with  products  then  marketed or intended to be marketed by the  Company,  such
contact shall be permissible; or

                  d. Solicit, endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of
its affiliates,  or otherwise  interfere with the relationship of the Company or
any of its affiliates  with, any person who is employed by or otherwise  engaged
to perform  services  for the  Company  or any of its  affiliates,  whether  for
Employee's account or for the account of any other person or organization.

         11. Injunctive Relief. It is agreed that the restrictions  contained in
Sections 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement are reasonable, but it is recognized that
damages  in the  event  of the  breach  of any of  those  restrictions  will  be
difficult or impossible to ascertain;  and, therefore,  Employee agrees that, in
addition to and without limiting any other right or remedy the Company may have,
the Company shall have the right to an injunction  against  Employee issued by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  enjoining any such breach  without  showing or
proving any actual  damage to the  Company.  This  paragraph  shall  survive the
termination of Employee's employment.

         12.  Part  of  Consideration.   Employee  also  agrees,   acknowledges,
covenants,  represents and warrants that he is fully and completely  aware that,
and further understands that, the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 8,
9, and 10 of this Agreement are an essential part of the  consideration  for the
Company  entering into this Agreement and that the Company is entering into this
Agreement in full reliance on these acknowledgments,  covenants, representations
and warranties.

         13. Time and Territory Reduction.  If any of the periods of time and/or
territories  described in Sections 8, 9 and 10 of this  Agreement are held to be
in any  respect  an  unreasonable  restriction,  it is agreed  that the court so
holding may reduce the territory to which the restriction pertains or the period
of time in which it operates or may reduce both such  territory and such period,
to the minimum extent necessary to render such provision enforceable.

         14.  Survival.  The obligations  described in Sections 8 and 10 of this
Agreement  shall survive any termination of this Agreement or any termination of
the employment relationship created hereunder.
                                        6
<PAGE>
         15. Nondelegability of Employee's Rights and Company Assignment Rights.
The obligations,  rights and benefits of Employee hereunder are personal and may
not be delegated, assigned or transferred in any manner whatsoever, nor are such
obligations, rights or benefits subject to involuntary alienation, assignment or
transfer.  Upon mutual  agreement  of the parties,  the Company upon  reasonable
notice to Employee may transfer  Employee to an affiliate of the Company,  which
affiliate shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. This
Agreement  shall  be  assigned  automatically  to any  entity  merging  with  or
acquiring the Company.

         16.  Amendment.  Except  for  documents  regarding  the  grant of stock
options  and  an  Invention,   Confidential   Information  and   Non-Competition
Agreement,  this  Agreement  contains,  and its  terms  constitute,  the  entire
agreement of the parties and  supersedes  any prior  agreements,  including  any
Employment  Agreements,  and it may be amended only by a written document signed
by both parties to this Agreement.

         17.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
and  enforced  in  accordance  with the  internal  laws of the State of Arizona,
exclusive of the conflict of law provisions thereof,  and the parties agree that
any  litigation  pertaining  to this  Agreement  shall be in courts  located  in
Maricopa County, Arizona.

         18.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any party finds it necessary to employ legal
counsel or to bring an action at law or other proceeding against the other party
to enforce any of the terms hereof,  the party  prevailing in any such action or
other proceeding shall be paid by the other party its reasonable attorneys' fees
as well as court costs all as determined by the court and not a jury.

         19. Notices. All notices, demands,  instructions,  or requests relating
to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except as otherwise  provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been given for all purposes (i) upon personal  delivery,
(ii) one day after  being  sent,  when sent by  professional  overnight  courier
service from and to locations within the Continental  United States,  (iii) five
days after posting when sent by United States registered or certified mail, with
return receipt  requested and postage paid, or (iv) on the date of  transmission
when sent by facsimile with a hard-copy confirmation;  if directed to the person
or entity to which notice is to be given at his or its address set forth in this
Agreement  or at any other  address  such  person or entity  has  designated  by
notice.

                  To the Company:           ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                            1275 West Washington Street
                                            Tempe, AZ 85281
                                            Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  To Employee:              Terry C. Meier

                                            ----------------
                                            ----------------
                                            ----------------
                                        7
<PAGE>
         20. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement and the Invention,  Confidential
Information  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  bearing  the  same  date  as  this
Agreement  constitute  the final  written  expression  of all of the  agreements
between the parties and are a complete and  exclusive  statement of those terms.
They  supersede  all  understandings  and  negotiations  concerning  the matters
specified herein. Any representations,  promises,  warranties or statements made
by either party that differ in any way from the terms of this written  Agreement
shall be given no force or effect. The parties specifically  represent,  each to
the other, that there are no additional or supplemental  agreements between them
related in any way to the matters herein contained unless specifically  included
or referred to herein.  No addition to or  modification of any provision of this
Agreement  shall be binding  upon any party unless made in writing and signed by
all parties. To the extent that there is any conflict between this Agreement and
the Invention,  Confidential  Information and Non-  Competition  Agreement,  the
provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

         21. Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any covenant or
provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent breach by either party.

         22.  Invalidity of Any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
severable,  it being  the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  should  any
provisions   hereof  be   invalid   or   unenforceable,   such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  of any  provision  shall not affect the  remaining  provisions
hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or
unenforceable provisions were omitted.

         23.  Attachments.  All  attachments  or exhibits to this  Agreement are
incorporated  herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein.  In the
event  of any  conflict,  contradiction  or  ambiguity  between  the  terms  and
conditions  in this  Agreement  and any of its  attachments,  the  terms of this
Agreement shall prevail.

         24.  Interpretation  of  Agreement.  When a  reference  is made in this
Agreement  to an article or section,  such  reference  shall be to an article or
section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation  of this Agreement.  Whenever the words "include,"
"includes," or "including" are used in this  Agreement,  they shall be deemed to
be followed by the words "without limitation."

         25. Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

         26. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         27. Binding Effect;  Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,
successors, executors, administrators and
                                        8
<PAGE>
assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary,
nothing in this  Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended to confer on any
person  other than the parties  hereto or their  respective  heirs,  successors,
executors,  administrators  and  assigns any rights,  remedies,  obligations  or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.




         This  Agreement  has been  executed  by the  parties  as the date first
written above.

                                       ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                       ("Company")


                                       By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                          ---------------------------------
                                                Thomas R. Trotter
                                                Chief Executive Officer


                                       TERRY C. MEIER
                                       ("Employee")


                                       By: /s/ Terry C. Meier
                                          ---------------------------------
                                        9

                              REVISED AND RESTATED
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This Revised and Restated Employment Agreement (the "Agreement'), which
shall be effective as of March 16, 1998, is by and between  OrthoLogic  Corp., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Allan M. Weinstein ("Employee").

RECITALS:
- ---------

         A. Employee is presently  employed by the Company and both parties wish
to continue and redefine the nature of the employment relationship.

         B. The  parties  wish to set  forth in this  Agreement  the  terms  and
conditions of such continuing employment.

         C. This  Agreement  revises,  restates and replaces for all purposes an
earlier version which was entitled  "Employment  Agreement" and was effective as
of October 17, 1997.

AGREEMENT:
- ----------

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  the Company employs  Employee to serve in a managerial  capacity and
Employee   accepts  such  employment  and  agrees  to  perform  such  reasonable
responsibilities  and duties as may be  assigned to him from time to time by the
Company's  CEO or Board of  Directors  (the  "Board").  Until  March  23,  1998,
Employee's  title  shall be Board  Member,  with  responsibility  for  strategic
product  alliances and  acquisitions.  After March 23, 1998,  Employee shall not
have an official title. Employee will report to the Company's President and CEO.
Employee shall not have set work hours.  While various projects may require more
or less time  within any given  month,  it is  contemplated  that,  without  his
consent,  Employee  will not be asked to work on Company  matters  for more than
five days per  month.  Until  March 23,  1998,  the  Company  shall use its best
efforts to  maintain  Employee  as a member of the Board;  and  Employee  hereby
resigns from the Board, with such resignation to be effective on March 23, 1998.
Employee  understands that from and after October 20, 1997, and until the end of
the term of this Agreement, the Company will not provide him with an office, but
will provide  reasonable  secretarial  and other staff  support and will provide
ancillary  office  equipment  such as a fax machine,  dictating  equipment and a
computer.

         2. Term. The term of Employee's  employment  pursuant to this Agreement
shall be for two years  beginning  on October 20, 1997 and ending on October 19,
1999.
                                        1
<PAGE>
         3. Compensation.

                  (a) Salary.  During the term of employment,  the Company shall
pay Employee a minimum  base annual  salary,  before  deducting  all  applicable
withholdings,  of  $218,000  per year,  payable  at the times and in the  manner
dictated by the Company's standard payroll policies.

                  (b) Bonus. Employee shall be eligible to receive discretionary
bonuses based on his  accomplishments  and success,  as determined  from time to
time by the CEO and Board.  Any such bonuses shall be based upon the achievement
of individual  goals and Company  performance and shall be granted solely in the
discretion of the Board.

                  (c) Stock Options.  Employee currently has options to purchase
shares of the  Company's  Common Stock.  On October 17, 1997,  the Company shall
grant to  Employee,  from the  Company's  1987  Stock  Option  Plan,  options to
purchase  25,000 shares of the Company's  common stock,  with an exercise  price
equal to the fair market value of the stock on the effective  date of the grant,
with such value  determined  as specified in the 1987 Stock Option Plan. So long
as  Employee  is still  employed  by the  Company at each such time of  vesting,
options to purchase 1,042 shares shall vest on November 19, 1997 and on the 19th
day of each  calendar  month  thereafter,  until such  shares are fully  vested;
provided that all options from such  25,000-option  grant and all other unvested
options shall vest immediately  upon a termination of Employee's  employment for
any reason.

         4. Fringe Benefits. In addition to the compensation,  bonus and options
as  described  in Section 3, and any other  employee  benefit  plans  (including
without limitation pension, savings and disability plans) generally available to
employees, the Company shall include Employee in any group health insurance plan
and, if eligible,  any group  retirement  plan  instituted  by the Company.  The
manner  of  implementation  of such  benefits  with  respect  to such  items  as
procedures  and  amounts  are  discretionary  with  the  Company  but  shall  be
commensurate with Employee's executive capacity.  The Company agrees to maintain
term life insurance  during the term of this Agreement in an amount equal to two
times Employee's base salary,  as it may be adjusted from time to time, with the
beneficiary to be designated by Employee. Employee shall be entitled to vacation
with pay in accordance with the Company's vacation policy as in effect from time
to time. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to such holidays as the Company
may approve from time to time.

         5.  Expenses  and  Automobile.  The  Company  shall,  upon  receipt  of
appropriate  documentation,  reimburse  Employee  each month for his  reasonable
travel,  lodging,  entertainment,  promotion  and other  ordinary and  necessary
business  expenses  consistent  with Company  policies.  Employee  shall also be
entitled to an automobile allowance of $450 per month while he is an Employee.

         6. Termination.

                  (a) For Cause. The Company may terminate Employee's employment
for cause upon written notice to Employee  stating the facts  constituting  such
cause,  provided that Employee  shall have 60 days following such notice to cure
any conduct or act, if curable, alleged to provide
                                        2
<PAGE>
grounds for  termination  for cause  hereunder.  In the event of termination for
cause,  the Company  shall be obligated  to pay  Employee  only the minimum base
salary  specified in Section 3(a) through  October 19, 1999.  The written notice
shall  state the cause  for  termination.  Cause  shall be  limited  to gross or
willful neglect of duty, willful failure to abide by reasonable  instructions or
policies  from or set by the  Board of  Directors,  conviction  of a  felony  or
misdemeanor  punishable  by at least one year in prison,  or pleading  guilty or
nolo  contendere  to same.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  the fact that the
Company does not request  services  from  Employee with respect to any period or
periods of time shall not constitute cause.

                  (b) Without  Cause.  The Company may not terminate  Employee's
employment without cause.

                  (c) Death. If Employee dies during the term of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and Employee's legal representatives
shall be  entitled to receive the base  salary due  Employee  until  October 19,
1999,  at a time and in a manner  similar  to when it would  have  been  paid to
Employee if he had survived,  except for any change in withholding  justified by
the change in circumstances.

         7. Confidential  Information.  Employee  acknowledges that Employee may
receive,  or contribute to the  production  of,  Confidential  Information.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  Employee  agrees that  "Confidential  Information"
shall mean any and all  information  or material  proprietary  to the Company or
designated as Confidential Information by the Company and not generally known by
non-Company  personnel,  which Employee develops or to which Employee may obtain
knowledge or access through or as a result of Employee's  relationship  with the
Company (including information conceived, originated, discovered or developed in
whole or in part by Employee).  Confidential  Information  includes,  but is not
limited  to, the  following  types of  information  and other  information  of a
similar  nature  (whether or not reduced to  writing)  related to the  Company's
business:  discoveries,  inventions,  ideas,  concepts,  research,  development,
processes,   procedures,   "know-how",   formulae,  marketing  or  manufacturing
techniques and  materials,  marketing and  development  plans,  business  plans,
customer names and other information related to customers,  price lists, pricing
policies,  methods of operation,  financial information,  employee compensation,
and computer  programs and systems.  Confidential  Information also includes any
information  described  above which the Company  obtains from another  party and
which  the  Company  treats  as   proprietary  or  designates  as   Confidential
Information,  whether or not owned by or  developed  by the  Company,  including
Confidential  Information  acquired by the Company  from any of its  affiliates.
Employee  acknowledges  that the Confidential  Information  derives  independent
economic value, actual or potential,  from not being generally known to, and not
being  readily  ascertainable  by proper means by, other  persons who can obtain
economic  value from its disclosure or use.  Information  publicly known without
breach of this Agreement that is generally employed by the trade at or after the
time  Employee  first  learns of such  information,  or generic  information  or
knowledge which Employee would have learned in the course of similar  employment
or work  elsewhere  in the trade,  shall not be deemed part of the  Confidential
Information. Employee further agrees:
                                        3
<PAGE>
                  a. To furnish  the  Company on demand,  at any time  during or
after  employment,  a complete  list of the names and  addresses of all present,
former and potential suppliers,  financing sources, clients, customers and other
contacts  gained  while an  employee of the  Company in  Employee's  possession,
whether or not in the possession or within the knowledge of the Company.

                  b.   That   all   notes,   memoranda,    electronic   storage,
documentation   and  records  in  any  way   incorporating   or  reflecting  any
Confidential  Information shall belong exclusively to the Company,  and Employee
agrees to turn over all copies of such  materials in  Employee's  control to the
Company upon  request or upon  termination  of  Employee's  employment  with the
Company.

                  c. That while employed by the Company and thereafter  Employee
will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly reveal, report,  publish,
disclose  or  transfer  any of the  Confidential  Information  to any  person or
entity, or utilize any of the Confidential  Information for any purpose,  except
in the course of Employee's work for the Company.

                  d. That any idea in whole or in part  conceived  of or made by
Employee during the term of his employment,  consulting, or similar relationship
with the Company which relates  directly or indirectly to the Company's  current
or  planned  lines  of  business  and  is  made  through  the  use of any of the
Confidential  Information  of the  Company  or any of the  Company's  equipment,
facilities,  trade secrets or time, or which results from any work  performed by
Employee for the Company,  shall belong  exclusively to the Company and shall be
deemed a part of the  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this Agreement.
Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company all rights in and to
such  Confidential  Information  whether  for  purposes of  obtaining  patent or
copyright protection or otherwise. Employee shall acknowledge and deliver to the
Company,  without  charge  to the  Company  (but at its  expense)  such  written
instruments  and do such other acts,  including  giving  testimony in support of
Employee's  authorship  or  inventorship,  as the case may be,  necessary in the
opinion of the Company to obtain  patents or copyrights or to otherwise  protect
or vest in the  Company  the entire  right and title in and to the  Confidential
Information.

         8. Loyalty During Employment Term. Employee agrees that during the term
of Employee's employment by the Company, Employee will give undivided loyalty to
the Company, and will not engage in any way whatsoever,  directly or indirectly,
in any business  that is  competitive  with the Company or its  affiliates,  nor
solicit,  or in any  other  manner  work for or  assist  any  business  which is
competitive  with the Company or its  affiliates.  During the term of Employee's
employment  by  the  Company,   Employee  will  undertake  no  planning  for  or
organization  of any  business  activity  competitive  with the  Company  or its
affiliates, and Employee will not combine or conspire with any other employee of
the  Company  or any  other  person  for the  purpose  of  organizing  any  such
competitive  business  activity.  However,  Employee shall be entitled to make a
passive  investment in a publicly traded stock of a competitor of the Company so
long as he does not at any time own more than 5% of the total  outstanding stock
of such competitor.

         9.  Non-competition;  Non-solicitation.  The parties  acknowledge  that
Employee will acquire much knowledge and information  concerning the business of
the Company  and its  affiliates  as the result of  Employee's  employment.  The
parties further acknowledge that the scope of business
                                        4
<PAGE>
in which the Company is engaged as of the date of execution of this Agreement is
world-wide and very  competitive and one in which few companies can successfully
compete. Certain activities by Employee after this Agreement is terminated would
severely  injure  the  Company.  Accordingly,  between  the  termination  of his
Employment for any reason, and October 20, 1999, Employee will not:

                  a. Engage in any work activity for or in conjunction  with any
business or entity that is in  competition  with or is preparing to compete with
the Company;

                  b. Persuade or attempt to persuade any  potential  customer or
client to which the  Company or any of its  affiliates  has made a  proposal  or
sale,  or with  which  the  Company  or any of its  affiliates  has been  having
discussions,  not to transact  business with the Company or such  affiliate,  or
instead to transact business with another person or organization;

                  c. Solicit the business of any customers,  financing  sources,
clients,   suppliers,  or  business  patrons  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
predecessors or affiliates  which were customers,  financing  sources,  clients,
suppliers,  or business  patrons of the  Company at any time  during  Employee's
employment by the Company,  or within three years prior to the Effective Date of
Employee's employment,  provided,  however, that if Employee becomes employed by
or represents a business  that  exclusively  sells  products that do not compete
with  products  then  marketed or intended to be marketed by the  Company,  such
contact shall be permissible; or

                  d. Solicit, endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of
its affiliates,  or otherwise  interfere with the relationship of the Company or
any of its affiliates  with, any person who is employed by or otherwise  engaged
to perform  services  for the  Company  or any of its  affiliates,  whether  for
Employee's account or for the account of any other person or organization.

         10. Injunctive Relief. It is agreed that the restrictions  contained in
Sections 7, 8, and 9 of this Agreement are reasonable, but it is recognized that
damages  in the  event  of the  breach  of any of  those  restrictions  will  be
difficult or impossible to ascertain;  and, therefore,  Employee agrees that, in
addition to and without limiting any other right or remedy the Company may have,
the Company shall have the right to an injunction  against  Employee issued by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  enjoining any such breach  without  showing or
proving any actual  damage to the  Company.  This  paragraph  shall  survive the
termination of Employee's employment.

         11.  Part  of  Consideration.   Employee  also  agrees,   acknowledges,
covenants,  represents and warrants that he is fully and completely  aware that,
and further understands that, the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 7,
8, and 9 of this  Agreement are an essential part of the  consideration  for the
Company  entering into this Agreement and that the Company is entering into this
Agreement in full reliance on these acknowledgments,  covenants, representations
and warranties.

         12. Time and Territory Reduction.  If any of the periods of time and/or
territories  described in Sections 7, 8, and 9 of this  Agreement are held to be
in any respect an unreasonable
                                        5
<PAGE>
restriction,  it is agreed that the court so holding may reduce the territory to
which the restriction pertains or the period of time in which it operates or may
reduce both such territory and such period,  to the minimum extent  necessary to
render such provision enforceable.

         13.  Survival.  The  obligations  described in Sections 7 and 9 of this
Agreement  shall survive any termination of this Agreement or any termination of
the employment relationship created hereunder.

         14.  Indemnification.  The  Company  will  provide  indemnification  to
Employee in accordance  with the current  Certificate  and Bylaws of the Company
and the  Indemnification  Agreement  dated March 16, 1998 (the  "Indemnification
Agreement").  These  obligations  shall  survive the  termination  of Employee's
employment for any reason.

         15.  Testimony.  If  Employee  has  knowledge  of or is alleged to have
knowledge  of any matters  which are the subject of any pending,  threatened  or
future  litigation  involving  the  Company  (or any  subsidiary),  he will make
himself  available  to  testify  if and as  necessary.  Employee  will also make
himself  available to the attorneys  representing the Company in connection with
any such  litigation or dispute for such purposes as they may deem  necessary or
appropriate, including but not limited to the review of documents, discussion of
the case and  preparation  for any  legal  proceedings.  This  Agreement  is not
intended to and shall not be  construed  so as to in any way limit or affect the
testimony  which  Employee  gives  in  any  such  proceedings.  Further,  it  is
understood and agreed that Employee will at all times testify fully,  truthfully
and accurately, whether in deposition, hearing, trial or otherwise.

         16. Nondelegability of Employee's Rights and Company Assignment Rights.
The obligations,  rights and benefits of Employee hereunder are personal and may
not be delegated, assigned or transferred in any manner whatsoever, nor are such
obligations, rights or benefits subject to involuntary alienation, assignment or
transfer.  Upon mutual  agreement  of the parties,  the Company upon  reasonable
notice to Employee may transfer  Employee to an affiliate of the Company,  which
affiliate shall assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. This
Agreement  shall  be  assigned  automatically  to any  entity  merging  with  or
acquiring the Company.

         17.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
and  enforced  in  accordance  with the  internal  laws of the State of Arizona,
exclusive of the conflict of law provisions thereof,  and the parties agree that
any  litigation  pertaining  to this  Agreement  shall be in courts  located  in
Maricopa County, Arizona.

         18.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any party finds it necessary to employ legal
counsel or to bring an action at law or other proceeding against the other party
to enforce any of the terms hereof,  the party  prevailing in any such action or
other proceeding shall be paid by the other party its reasonable attorneys' fees
as well as court costs all as determined by the court and not a jury.

         19. Notices. All notices, demands,  instructions,  or requests relating
to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except as otherwise  provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been given for
                                        6
<PAGE>
all purposes (i) upon  personal  delivery,  (ii) one day after being sent,  when
sent by professional  overnight courier service from and to locations within the
Continental  United  States,  (iii) five days after  posting when sent by United
States  registered or certified mail, with return receipt  requested and postage
paid,  or (iv) on the  date  of  transmission  when  sent  by  facsimile  with a
hard-copy  confirmation;  if directed to the person or entity to which notice is
to be given at his or its  address set forth in this  Agreement  or at any other
address such person or entity has designated by notice.

                  To the Company:        ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                            1275 West Washington Street
                                            Tempe, AZ 85281.
                                            Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  To Employee:           Allan M. Weinstein
                                            3177 E. Sierra Vista Drive
                                            Phoenix, AZ  85016

         20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and
the Invention, Confidential information and Non-Competition Agreement previously
executed by  Employee  constitute  the final  written  expression  of all of the
agreements  between the parties,  and are a complete and exclusive  statement of
those terms. They supersede all understandings  and negotiations  concerning the
matters  specified  herein.  Any   representations,   promises,   warranties  or
statements  made by either  party that differ in any way from the terms of these
three  written  Agreements  shall  be given no  force  or  effect.  The  parties
specifically  represent,  each to the  other,  that there are no  additional  or
supplemental  agreements  between them related in any way to the matters  herein
contained unless specifically  included or referred to herein. No addition to or
modification  of any provision of any of such  Agreements  shall be binding upon
any party unless made in writing and signed by all  parties.  To the extent that
there is any conflict  between this  Agreement and the  Invention,  Confidential
information  and  Non-Competition  Agreement,  the  provisions of this Agreement
shall govern. To the extent there is any conflict between this Agreement and the
Indemnification Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement shall govern.

         21. Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any covenant or
provision in this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent breach by either party.

         22.  Invalidity of Any Provision.  The provisions of this Agreement are
severable,  it being  the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that  should  any
provisions   hereof  be   invalid   or   unenforceable,   such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  of any  provision  shall not affect the  remaining  provisions
hereof, but the same shall remain in full force and effect as if such invalid or
unenforceable provisions were omitted.

         23.  Attachments.  All  attachments  or exhibits to this  Agreement are
incorporated  herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein.  In the
event  of any  conflict,  contradiction  or  ambiguity  between  the  terms  and
conditions  in this  Agreement  and any of its  attachments,  the  terms of this
Agreement shall prevail.
                                        7
<PAGE>
         24.  Interpretation  of  Agreement.  When a  reference  is made in this
Agreement  to an article or section,  such  reference  shall be to an article or
section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation  of this Agreement.  Whenever the words "include,"
"includes," or "including" are used in this  Agreement,  they shall be deemed to
be followed by the words "without limitation."

         25. Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for informational purposes
only and shall not be used to construe the intent of this Agreement.

         26. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         27. Binding Effect;  Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,
successors,  executors,  administrators  and assigns.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained  in  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  nothing  in  this  Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties
hereto or their respective  heirs,  successors,  executors,  administrators  and
assigns any rights,  remedies,  obligations or liabilities under or by reason of
this Agreement.

         This Agreement has been executed by the parties as of March 16, 1998.

                                        ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
                                        ("Company")


                                        By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter
                                           -------------------------------------
                                            Thomas R. Trotter, President and CEO


                                         ALLAN M. WEINSTEIN
                                         ("Employee")


                                        By: /s/ Allan M. Weinstein
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        8










- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Page

<S>      <C>                                                                        <C>
1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS.........................................................4
  --------------------------

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT..........................................................4
  -------------------------
         2.1 Advances................................................................4
         2.2 Overadvances............................................................5
         2.3 Interest Rate, Payments.................................................5
         2.4 Fees....................................................................5

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS................................................................6
  -------------------
         3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance.................................6
         3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Advances....................................6

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST......................................................6
  -----------------------------
         4.1 Grant of Security Interest..............................................6

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................................6
  ------------------------------
         5.1 Due Organization and Authorization......................................6
         5.2 Collateral..............................................................6
         5.3 Litigation..............................................................7
         5.4 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements......................7
         5.5 Solvency................................................................7
         5.6 Regulatory Compliance...................................................7
         5.7 Subsidiaries............................................................7
         5.8 Full Disclosure.........................................................7

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..............................................................7
  ---------------------
         6.1 Government Compliance...................................................7
         6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.............................8
         6.3 Inventory; Returns......................................................8
         6.4 Taxes...................................................................8
         6.5 Insurance...............................................................8
         6.6 Primary Accounts........................................................8
         6.7 Financial Covenants.....................................................9
         6.8 Further Assurances......................................................9

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS.................................................................9
  ------------------
         7.1 Dispositions............................................................9
         7.2 Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Business Locations........9
         7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.................................................9
         7.4 Indebtedness............................................................9
         7.5 Encumbrance............................................................10
         7.6 Distributions; Investments.............................................10
         7.7 Transactions with Affiliates...........................................10
         7.8 Subordinated Debt......................................................10
         7.9 Compliance.............................................................10

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................................10
  -----------------
         8.1 Payment Default........................................................10
         8.2 Covenant Default.......................................................10
         8.3 Material Adverse Change................................................11
         8.4 Attachment.............................................................11
         8.5 Insolvency.............................................................11
</TABLE>
                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                        <C>
         8.6 Other Agreements.......................................................11
         8.7 Judgments..............................................................11
         8.8 Misrepresentations.....................................................11

9 BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES........................................................11
  --------------------------
         9.1 Rights and Remedies....................................................11
         9.2 Power of Attorney......................................................12
         9.3 Accounts Collection....................................................12
         9.4 Bank Expenses..........................................................12
         9.5 Bank's Liability for Collateral........................................12
         9.6 Remedies Cumulative....................................................13
         9.7 Demand Waiver..........................................................13

10 NOTICES..........................................................................13
   -------

11 CHOICE OF LAW , VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER......................................13
   -------------------------------------------

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS...............................................................13
   ------------------
         12.1 Successors and Assigns................................................13
         12.2 Indemnification.......................................................13
         12.3 Time of Essence.......................................................14
         12.4 Severability of Provision.............................................14
         12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration....................................14
         12.6 Counterparts..........................................................14
         12.7 Survival..............................................................14
         12.8 Confidentiality.......................................................14

13 DEFINITIONS......................................................................14
   -----------
         13.1 Definitions...........................................................14
</TABLE>
                                       3
<PAGE>
         This LOAN AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT dated March 2, 1998,  between SILICON
VALLEY  BANK  ("Bank"),  whose  address  is  3003  Tasman  Drive,  Santa  Clara,
California  95054 with a loan  production  office located at 4455 East Camelback
Road, Suite E-290,  Phoenix,  Arizona 85018 and ORTHOLOGIC  CORP.  ("Borrower"),
whose address is 1275 W. Washington,  Tempe, Arizona 85281 provides the terms on
which Bank will lend to Borrower and Borrower will repay Bank. The parties agree
as follows:

1        ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
         --------------------------

         Accounting  terms  not  defined  in this  Agreement  will be  construed
following GAAP Calculations and determinations  must be made following GAAP. The
term  "financial  statements"  includes  the  notes  and  schedules.  The  terms
"including"  and  "includes"   always  mean  "including  (or  includes)  without
limitation," in this or any Loan Document.  This Agreement shall be construed to
impart upon Bank a duty to act reasonably at all times.

2        LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
         -------------------------

2.1      Advances.

         Borrower will pay Bank the unpaid  principal amount of all Advances and
interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Advances.

2.1.1    Revolving Advances.

         (a) Bank  will  make  Advances  not  exceeding  the  lesser  of (A) the
Committed  Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base,  whichever is less. Amounts
borrowed under this Section may be repaid and reborrowed during the term of this
Agreement.

         (b) To obtain an Advance,  Borrower  must notify Bank by  facsimile  or
telephone  by 3:00 p.m.  Pacific  time on the  Business Day the Advance is to be
made.  Borrower must promptly confirm the notification by delivering to Bank the
Payment/Advance  Form  attached  as  Exhibit  B. Bank will  credit  Advances  to
Borrower's deposit account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on
instructions  from a  Responsible  Officer  or his or her  designee  or  without
instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become
due. Bank may rely on any telephone  notice given by a person whom Bank believes
is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss
Bank suffers due to reliance.

         (c) The Committed  Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving  Maturity
Date,  when all  Advances  and  other  amounts  due  under  this  Agreement  are
immediately payable.

2.1.2    Equipment Advances.

         (a) Bank will make an advance (the  "Initial  Equipment  Advance")  not
exceeding the Committed  Equipment Line. The Initial  Equipment  Advance may not
exceed  the  lesser of (i) 50% of the net book  value of the  continous  passive
motion  devices in the rental base or (ii) the  Committed  Equipment  Line.  All
subsequent  Equipment  Advances (the "Subsequent  Equipment  Advances") shall be
made  on a  semi-annual  basis  not to  exceed  the  lesser  of  (i)  75% of the
in-service cost of newly  manufactured and rebuilt devices or (ii) the Committed
Equipment  Line.  Equipment  Advances  made under this Section may be repaid and
reborrowed during the term of the Committed Equipment Line.

         (b)  Interest  accrues  from the  date of the  Initial  and  Subsequent
Equipment  Advances at the rate in Section  2.3(a) and is payable  monthly until
the May 1, 2000 (the "Equipment  Maturity Date").  The Initial Equipment Advance
payment will be determined by dividing the outstanding  principal balance by 30,
which sum will  constitute  the monthly  principal  payments  due to Bank.  Such
payments shall be payable for 30 months  beginning one month  following the date
of the Initial Equipment  Advance and all subsequent  payments of principal will
be due on the same day of each month thereafter  through the Equipment  Maturity
Date. The repayment of all outstanding  Subsequent  Equipment  Advances shall be
                                       4
<PAGE>
determined on a semi-annual  basis,  following the Initial  Equipment Advance by
dividing  the  aggregate  outstanding  Equipment  Advances by 30, which sum will
constitute  the monthly  principal  payment due to Bank.  Such payments shall be
payable  beginning  one month  following  the date of the  Subsequent  Equipment
Advance and all subsequent  payments of principal will be due on the same day of
each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date.

         (c) To obtain an  Equipment  Advance,  Borrower  must  notify Bank (the
notice is  irrevocable)  by  facsimile  no later than 3:00 p.m.  Pacific  time 1
Business Day before the day on which the  Equipment  Advance is to be made.  The
notice  in the form of  Exhibit  B  (Payment/Advance  Form)  must be signed by a
Responsible  Officer  or  designee  and  include a copy of the  invoice  for the
Equipment being financed.

2.2      Overadvances.

         If  Borrower's  Obligations  under  Section  2.1.1 exceed the lesser of
either (i) the Committed  Revolving  Line or (ii) the Borrowing  Base,  Borrower
must immediately pay Bank the excess.

2.3      Interest Rate, Payments.

         (a) Interest  Rate.  (i) Advances  accrue  interest on the  outstanding
principal balance at a per annum rate of .200% percentage points above the Prime
Rate; and (ii) Equipment  Advances accrue interest on the outstanding  principal
balance at a per annum rate of .450%  percentage  points  above the Prime  Rate.
Upon Borrower  achieving 2 consecutive  quarters of profitability,  the interest
rate on the  Committed  Revolving  Line and the  Committed  Equipment  Line will
reduce  by .10% and will  further  reduce  by .10%  upon  Borrower  achieving  4
consecutive  quarters of  profitability.  Such  interest  rate  change  shall be
effective  as of  the  first  day of  the  month  following  Bank's  receipt  of
Borrower's financial statements  indicating Borrower has met the above-described
criteria.  After  an Event  of  Default,  Obligations  accrue  interest  at 5.00
percentage  points  above the rate  effective  immediately  before  the Event of
Default.  The interest rate  increases or decreases when the Prime Rate changes.
Interest is computed on a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

         (b) Payments.  Interest due on the Committed  Revolving Line is payable
on the first (1st) of each month.  Principal  and interest due on the  Equipment
Advances  is payable  on the first  (1st) of each  month.  Bank may debit any of
Borrower's  deposit accounts including Account Number  ____________________  for
principal and interest  payments or any amounts  Borrower  owes Bank.  Bank will
notify  Borrower  when it debits  Borrower's  accounts.  These  debits are not a
set-off. Payments received after 12:00 noon Pacific time are considered received
at the opening of business on the next  Business Day. When a payment is due on a
day that is not a Business  Day,  the payment is due the next  Business  Day and
additional fees or interest accrue.

2.4      Fees.

         Borrower will pay:

         (a) Bank Expenses.  All Bank Expenses (including  reasonable attorneys'
fees and expenses)  incurred  through and after the date of this Agreement,  are
payable when due.

3        CONDITIONS OF LOANS
         -------------------

3.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance.

         Bank's  obligation  to make  the  initial  Advance  is  subject  to the
condition  precedent  that it  receive  the  agreements,  documents  and fees it
requires.

         Bank's completion of a satisfactory accounts receivable audit.
                                       5
<PAGE>
3.2      Conditions Precedent to all Advances.

         Bank's obligations to make each Advance, including the initial Advance,
is subject to the following:

         (a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form; and

         (b) the  representations and warranties in Section 5 must be materially
true on the date of the  Payment/Advance  Form and on the effective date of each
Advance and no Event of Default may have occurred and be  continuing,  or result
from the Advance. Each Advance is Borrower's representation and warranty on that
date that the representations and warranties of Section 5 remain true.

4        CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
         -----------------------------

4.1      Grant of Security Interest.

         Borrower  grants Bank a continuing  security  interest in all presently
existing and later acquired Collateral to secure all Obligations and performance
of each of  Borrower's  duties under the Loan  Documents.  Except for  Permitted
Liens, any security  interest will be a first priority  security interest in the
Collateral.

5        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
         ------------------------------

         Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1      Due Organization and Authorization.

         Borrower and each  Subsidiary  is duly existing and in good standing in
its state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good
standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its  ownership of
property requires that it be qualified.

         The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been
duly authorized,  and do not conflict with Borrower's formation  documents,  nor
constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is
bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is
bound in which the default could cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.2      Collateral.

         Borrower  has  good  title  to the  Collateral,  free of  Liens  except
Permitted  Liens.  The Accounts  are bona fide,  existing  obligations,  and the
service or property has been performed or delivered to the account debtor or its
agent for  immediate  shipment to and  unconditional  acceptance  by the account
debtor.  Borrower has no notice of any actual or imminent Insolvency  Proceeding
of any account  debtor whose  accounts are an Eligible  Account in any Borrowing
Base  Certificate.  All  Inventory  is in all  material  respects  of  good  and
marketable quality, free from material defects.

5.3      Litigation.

         Except as shown in the  Schedule,  there are no actions or  proceedings
pending or, to Borrower's  knowledge,  threatened by or against  Borrower or any
Subsidiary in which an adverse decision could cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.4      No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements.

         All consolidated financial statements for Borrower, and any Subsidiary,
delivered  to  Bank  fairly   present  in  all  material   respects   Borrower's
consolidated   financial  condition  and  Borrower's   consolidated  results  of
operations.  There  has  not  been  any  material  deterioration  in  Borrower's
consolidated  financial  condition  since the date of the most recent  financial
statements submitted to Bank.
                                       6
<PAGE>
5.5      Solvency.

         The fair salable value of Borrower's assets  (including  goodwill minus
disposition  costs) exceeds the fair value of its  liabilities;  the Borrower is
not  left  with  unreasonably  small  capital  after  the  transactions  in this
Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they
mature.

5.6      Regulatory Compliance.

         Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment  company" under the Investment  Company Act. Borrower is not engaged
as one of its important  activities in extending  credit for margin stock (under
Regulations G, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower has
complied with the Federal Fair Labor  Standards  Act.  Borrower has not violated
any laws,  ordinances  or rules,  the  violation of which could cause a Material
Adverse Change. None of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's  properties or assets has
been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge,
by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting
any hazardous  substance  other than legally.  Borrower and each  Subsidiary has
timely filed all required tax returns and paid,  or made  adequate  provision to
pay,  all taxes,  except  those  being  contested  in good  faith with  adequate
reserves  under GAAP.  Borrower and each  Subsidiary  has obtained all consents,
approvals and  authorizations  of, made all  declarations  or filings with,  and
given all notices to, all government  authorities that are necessary to continue
its business as currently conducted.

5.7      Subsidiaries.

         Borrower does not own any stock,  partnership  interest or other equity
securities  except  for  Permitted  Investments  and any  entities  owned on the
Closing Date.

5.8      Full Disclosure.

         No  representation,  warranty  or other  statement  of  Borrower in any
certificate or written  statement given to Bank contains any untrue statement of
a  material  fact or  omits  to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements contained in the certificates or statements misleading.

6        AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
         ---------------------

         Borrower will do all of the following:

6.1      Government Compliance.

         Borrower will maintain its and all  Subsidiaries'  legal  existence and
good standing in its  jurisdiction  of formation and maintain  qualification  in
each  jurisdiction  in which the  failure  to so  qualify  could have a material
adverse effect on Borrower's  business or operations.  Borrower will comply, and
have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws,  ordinances and regulations to which
it is subject,  noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on
Borrower's business or operations or cause a Material Adverse Change.

6.2      Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

         (a) Borrower  will deliver to Bank:  (i) as soon as  available,  but no
later  than 30 days  after  the  last  day of each  month,  a  company  prepared
consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's consolidated
operations during the period,  in a form and certified by a Responsible  Officer
acceptable to Bank;  (ii) as soon as available,  but no later than 90 days after
the  last  day  of  Borrower's  fiscal  year,  audited  consolidated   financial
statements  prepared  under  GAAP,   consistently  applied,   together  with  an
unqualified  opinion on the financial  statements from an independent  certified
public  accounting firm  acceptable to Bank;  (iii) a prompt report of any legal
actions  pending or threatened  against  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  that could
result in damages or costs to  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of $100,000 or more;
and  (iv)  budgets,  sales  projections,  operating  plans  or  other  financial
information Bank requests.
                                       7
<PAGE>
         (b)  Within 20 days  after the last day of each  month,  Borrower  will
deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible  Officer in
the form of Exhibit C, with a summary report of accounts receivable and accounts
payable.

         (c)  Within 30 days  after the last day of each  month,  Borrower  will
deliver to Bank with the monthly financial  statements a Compliance  Certificate
signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit D.

         (d) Bank  has the  right to audit  Borrower's  Accounts  at  Borrower's
expense,  but the audits will be conducted on an annual basis unless an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.3      Inventory; Returns.

         Borrower will keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free
from material defects.  Returns and allowances  between Borrower and its account
debtors will follow Borrower's customary practices as they exist at execution of
this Agreement.  Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns,  recoveries,
disputes and claims, that involve more than $50,000.

6.4      Taxes.

         Borrower will make, and cause each  Subsidiary to make,  timely payment
of all material federal,  state, and local taxes or assessments and will deliver
to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment.

6.5      Insurance.

         Borrower  will keep its business and the  Collateral  insured for risks
and in amounts,  as Bank requests.  Insurance  policies will be in a form,  with
companies,  and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property  policies
will have a lender's loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss
payee and all liability policies will show the Bank as an additional insured and
provide that the insurer must give Bank at least 20 days notice before canceling
its  policy.  At Bank's  request,  Borrower  will  deliver  certified  copies of
policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy
will, at Bank's option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

6.6      Primary Accounts.

         Borrower will maintain its primary  depository  and operating  accounts
with Bank.

6.7      Financial Covenants.

         Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month:

                  (i)  Quick   Ratio.   A  ratio  of  Quick  Assets  to  Current
Liabilities of at least 2.00 to 1.00.

                  (ii)   Debt/Tangible   Net  Worth  Ratio.  A  ratio  of  Total
Liabilities less  Subordinated Debt to Tangible Net Worth plus Subordinated Debt
of not more than 0.50 to 1.00.

                  (iii)  Tangible  Net Worth.  A Tangible  Net Worth of at least
$50,000,000.

                  (iv) Profitability.  Borrower will be profitable each quarter,
except  that  Borrower  may suffer  losses,  provided  such losses do not exceed
$5,000,000 in aggregate for the quarters ending March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998
excluding any  scheduled  expense  incurred or  accounting  treatment for option
payments to Chrysalis.

6.8      Further Assurances.

         Borrower will execute any further  instruments  and take further action
as Bank  requests  to  perfect  or  continue  Bank's  security  interest  in the
Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
                                       8
<PAGE>
7        NEGATIVE COVENANTS
         ------------------

         Borrower will not do any of the following:

7.1      Dispositions.

         Convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of (collectively
"Transfer"),  or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer,  all or any part of
its business or property,  other than Transfers (i) of Inventory in the ordinary
course of business,  (ii) of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for
the use of the property of Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary course
of business, or (iii) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment.

7.2      Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Business Locations.

         Engage in or permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to engage in any business
other than the  businesses  currently  engaged in by Borrower or have a material
change in its ownership of greater than 25%. Borrower will not, without at least
30 days prior written notice, relocate its chief executive office or add any new
offices or business locations.

7.3      Mergers or Acquisitions.

         (i) Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or
consolidate,   with  any  other  Person,  or  acquire,  or  permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to  acquire,  all or  substantially  all of the  capital  stock or
property  of  another  Person,  if no  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement or
result in a decrease  of more than 25% of Tangible  Net Worth;  or (ii) merge or
consolidate a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4      Indebtedness.

         Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any
Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5      Encumbrance.

         Create,  incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property,  or assign or
convey any right to  receive  income,  including  the sale of any  Accounts,  or
permit any of its  Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted  Liens, or permit
any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted
here.

7.6      Distributions; Investments.

         Directly  or  indirectly  acquire  or  own  any  Person,  or  make  any
Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to do so. Pay any dividends or make any  distribution or payment or
redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock.

7.7      Transactions with Affiliates.

         Directly or indirectly  enter or permit any material  transaction  with
any Affiliate except  transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's
business, on terms less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's
length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.8      Subordinated Debt.

         Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated  Debt,  except under the
terms of the Subordinated  Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating
to the Subordinated Debt without Bank's prior written consent.
                                       9
<PAGE>
7.9      Compliance.

         Become  an  "investment   company"  or  a  company   controlled  by  an
"investment  company," under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 or undertake as
one of its  important  activities  extending  credit to purchase or carry margin
stock,  or use the  proceeds of any Advance for that  purpose;  fail to meet the
minimum funding  requirements of ERISA,  permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited
Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair
Labor  Standards  Act or violate any other law or  regulation,  if the violation
could have a material  adverse  effect on  Borrower's  business or operations or
cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

8        EVENTS OF DEFAULT
         -----------------

         Any one of the following is an Event of Default:

8.1      Payment Default.

         If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations;

8.2      Covenant Default.

         If Borrower  does not perform any  obligation  in Section 6 or violates
any  covenant  in Section 7 or does not  perform or observe  any other  material
term,  condition or covenant in this Agreement,  any Loan  Documents,  or in any
agreement  between  Borrower  and  Bank  and as to any  default  under  a  term,
condition  or covenant  that can be cured,  has not cured the default  within 10
days after it occurs, or if the default cannot be cured within 10 days or cannot
be cured after Borrower's  attempts within 10 day period, and the default may be
cured within a reasonable  time, then Borrower has an additional  period (of not
more than 30 days) to attempt to cure the default.  During the additional  time,
the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Advances will
be made during the cure period);

8.3      Material Adverse Change.

         (i) If there occurs a material impairment in the perfection or priority
of the  Bank's  security  interest  in the  Collateral  or in the  value of such
Collateral  which  is not  covered  by  adequate  insurance  or (ii) if the Bank
determines,  based  upon  information  available  to it and  in  its  reasonable
judgment,  that there is a  reasonable  likelihood  that  Borrower  will fail to
comply with one or more of the financial  covenants in Section 6 during the next
succeeding financial reporting period.

8.4      Attachment.

         If any  material  portion of  Borrower's  assets is  attached,  seized,
levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment,
seizure  or  levy  is not  removed  in 10  days,  or if  Borrower  is  enjoined,
restrained,  or prevented by court order from  conducting a material part of its
business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on a material portion of
Borrower's  assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against
any of Borrower's  assets by any  government  agency and not paid within 10 days
after Borrower receives notice.  These are not Events of Default if stayed or if
a bond is posted  pending  contest by  Borrower  (but no  Advances  will be made
during the cure period);

8.5      Insolvency.

         If  Borrower  becomes  insolvent  or if Borrower  begins an  Insolvency
Proceeding  or an  Insolvency  Proceeding  is  begun  against  Borrower  and not
dismissed  or stayed  within 30 days (but no  Advances  will be made  before any
Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
                                       10
<PAGE>
8.6      Other Agreements.

         If there is a default in any  agreement  between  Borrower  and a third
party  that  gives the third  party the  right to  accelerate  any  Indebtedness
exceeding $100,000 or that could cause a Material Adverse Change;

8.7      Judgments.

         If a money judgment(s) in the aggregate of at least $50,000 is rendered
against  Borrower and is  unsatisfied  and unstayed for 10 days (but no Advances
will be made before the judgment is stayed or satisfied); or

8.8      Misrepresentations.

         If  Borrower  or any Person  acting  for  Borrower  makes any  material
misrepresentation  or  material  misstatement  now or later in any  warranty  or
representation  in this  Agreement  or in any  writing  delivered  to Bank or to
induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document.

9        BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
         --------------------------

9.1      Rights and Remedies.

         When an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may,  without notice
or demand, do any or all of the following:

         (a)  Declare all  Obligations  immediately  due and payable  (but if an
Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately
due and payable without any action by Bank);

         (b) Stop advancing  money or extending  credit for  Borrower's  benefit
under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

         (c) Settle or adjust  disputes and claims directly with account debtors
for amounts, on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable;

         (d)  Make  any  payments  and do any  acts it  considers  necessary  or
reasonable  to protect its security  interest in the  Collateral.  Borrower will
assemble  the  Collateral  if  Bank  requires  and  make  it  available  as Bank
designates.  Bank may enter premises  where the Collateral is located,  take and
maintain possession of any part of the Collateral,  and pay, purchase,  contest,
or  compromise  any Lien which  appears to be prior or superior to its  security
interest and pay all expenses incurred.  Borrower grants Bank a license to enter
and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank's rights
or remedies;

         (e) Apply to the  Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower
it holds,  or (ii) any  amount  held by Bank  owing to or for the  credit or the
account of Borrower;

         (f) Ship, reclaim,  recover, store, finish,  maintain,  repair, prepare
for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral; and

         (g) Dispose of the Collateral according to the Code.

9.2      Power of Attorney.

         Effective only when an Event of Default occurs and continues,  Borrower
irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney to: (i) endorse Borrower's name
on any checks or other forms of payment or security;  (ii) sign  Borrower's name
on any  invoice or bill of lading  for any  Account  or drafts  against  account
debtors,  (iii) make, settle,  and adjust all claims under Borrower's  insurance
policies; (iv) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly
with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank
                                       11
<PAGE>
determines reasonable;  and (v) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or
a third party as the Code  permits.  Bank may  exercise the power of attorney to
sign  Borrower's  name on any  documents  necessary  to perfect or continue  the
perfection  of any security  interest  regardless of whether an Event of Default
has occurred.  Bank's  appointment  as Borrower's  attorney in fact,  and all of
Bank's rights and powers,  coupled with an interest,  are irrevocable  until all
Obligations  have been fully  repaid and  performed  and  Bank's  obligation  to
provide Advances terminates.

9.3      Accounts Collection.

         When an Event of  Default  occurs  and  continues,  Bank may notify any
Person owing Borrower money of Bank's security  interest in the funds and verify
the amount of the Account.  Borrower must collect all payments in trust for Bank
and, if requested by Bank,  immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form
received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4      Bank Expenses.

         If Borrower  fails to pay any amount or furnish any  required  proof of
payment  to third  persons  Bank may make all or part of the  payment  or obtain
insurance  policies  required  in Section  6.5,  and take any  action  under the
policies  Bank deems  prudent.  Any amounts  paid by Bank are Bank  Expenses and
immediately  due and payable,  bearing  interest at the then applicable rate and
secured by the  Collateral.  No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make
similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default.

9.5      Bank's Liability for Collateral.

         If Bank complies  with  reasonable  banking  practices it is not liable
for:  (a) the  safekeeping  of the  Collateral;  (b) any loss or  damage  to the
Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or
default of any carrier,  warehouseman,  bailee, or other person.  Borrower bears
all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6      Remedies Cumulative.

         Bank's rights and remedies under this  Agreement,  the Loan  Documents,
and all other  agreements  are  cumulative.  Bank has all  rights  and  remedies
provided under the Code, by law, or in equity.  Bank's  exercise of one right or
remedy is not an  election,  and Bank's  waiver of any Event of Default is not a
continuing waiver. Bank's delay is not a waiver,  election, or acquiescence.  No
waiver is effective  unless  signed by Bank and then is only  effective  for the
specific instance and purpose for which it was given.

9.7      Demand Waiver.

         Borrower  waives  demand,  notice of  default  or  dishonor,  notice of
payment and nonpayment,  notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release,
compromise,   settlement,   extension,   or  renewal  of  accounts,   documents,
instruments,  chattel paper,  and  guarantees  held by Bank on which Borrower is
liable.

10       NOTICES
         -------

         All notices or demands by any party about this  Agreement  or any other
related  agreement must be in writing and be personally  delivered or sent by an
overnight delivery service,  by certified mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt
requested,  or by  telefacsimile  to the addresses set forth at the beginning of
this Agreement.  A Party may change its notice address by giving the other Party
written notice.

11       CHOICE OF LAW , VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER
         -------------------------------------------

         California law governs the Loan Documents  without regard to principles
of  conflicts  of law.  Borrower  and  Bank  each  submit  to the  non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California.
                                       12
<PAGE>
BORROWER  AND BANK EACH WAIVE  THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE
OF  ACTION  ARISING  OUT  OF  ANY  OF THE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS  OR ANY  CONTEMPLATED
TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS
WAIVER IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS  AGREEMENT.
EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

12       GENERAL PROVISIONS
         ------------------

12.1     Successors and Assigns.

         This  Agreement  binds and is for the  benefit  of the  successors  and
permitted  assigns of each party.  Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any
rights under it without  Bank's prior  written  consent  which may be granted or
withheld  in Bank's  discretion.  Bank has the right,  without the consent of or
notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer,  negotiate, or grant participation in all
or any part of, or any  interest  in,  Bank's  obligations,  rights and benefits
under this Agreement.

12.2     Indemnification.

         Borrower  will  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  harmless  Bank  and  its
officers,  employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations,  demands, claims,
and liabilities  asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions
contemplated  by the Loan  Documents;  except for losses  caused by Bank's gross
negligence or willful  misconduct and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses  incurred,
or paid by Bank from,  following,  or consequential to transactions between Bank
and Borrower  (including  reasonable  attorneys fees and  expenses),  except for
losses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3     Time of Essence.

         Time is of the essence for the  performance of all  obligations in this
Agreement.

12.4     Severability of Provision.

         Each  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  severable  from  every  other
provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5     Amendments in Writing, Integration.

         All  amendments to this  Agreement  must be in writing.  This Agreement
represents the entire agreement about this subject matter,  and supersedes prior
negotiations   or   agreements.    All   prior    agreements,    understandings,
representations,  warranties,  and  negotiations  between the parties  about the
subject  matter  of this  Agreement  merge  into  this  Agreement  and the  Loan
Documents.

12.6     Counterparts.

         This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by
different  parties on separate  counterparts,  each of which,  when executed and
delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.7     Survival.

         All covenants,  representations  and warranties  made in this Agreement
continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations
of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of
limitations for actions that may be brought against Bank have run.
                                       13
<PAGE>
12.8     Confidentiality.

         In handling any confidential  information,  Bank will exercise the same
degree  of care  that it  exercises  for its own  proprietary  information,  but
disclosure of information  may be made (i) to Bank's  subsidiaries or affiliates
in connection with their business with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees
or  purchasers  of  any  interest  in the  Loans,  (iii)  as  required  by  law,
regulation, subpoena, or other order, (iv) as required in connection with Bank's
examination or audit and (v) as Bank considers  appropriate  exercising remedies
under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that
either:  (a) is in the public domain or in Bank's  possession  when disclosed to
Bank, or becomes part of the public  domain after  disclosure to Bank; or (b) is
disclosed to Bank by a third  party,  if Bank does not know that the third party
is prohibited from disclosing the information.

13       DEFINITIONS
         -----------

13.1     Definitions.

         In this Agreement:

         "Accounts"  are all  existing  and  later  arising  accounts,  contract
rights, and other obligations owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease
of goods  (including  licensing  software and other  technology) or provision of
services, all credit insurance,  guaranties,  other security and all merchandise
returned or reclaimed by Borrower and  Borrower's  Books  relating to any of the
foregoing.

         "Advance"  or  "Advances"  is a loan  advance (or  advances)  under the
Committed Revolving Line.

         "Affiliate"  of a Person is a Person that owns or controls  directly or
indirectly the Person,  any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under
common  control  with the Person,  and each of that  Person's  senior  executive
officers,  directors,  partners and, for any Person that is a limited  liability
company, that Person's managers and members.

         "Bank Expenses" are all audit fees and expenses and reasonable costs or
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses) for  preparing,
negotiating,   administering,   defending  and  enforcing  the  Loan   Documents
(including appeals or Insolvency Proceedings).

         "Borrower's  Books"  are all  Borrower's  books and  records  including
ledgers,  records regarding  Borrower's  assets or liabilities,  the Collateral,
business operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or
any equipment containing the information.

         "Borrowing Base" is 80% of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from
Borrower's most recent Borrowing Base Certificate.

         "Business  Day" is any day that is not a  Saturday,  Sunday or a day on
which the Bank is closed.

         "Closing Date" is the date of this Agreement.

         "Code" is the California Uniform Commercial Code.

         "Collateral" is the property described on Exhibit A.

         "Committed Equipment Line" is a Credit Extension of up to $2,500,000.

         "Committed Revolving Line" is an Advance of up to $10,000,000.

         "Contingent  Obligation"  is, for any  Person,  any direct or  indirect
liability,  contingent or not, of that Person for (i) any  indebtedness,  lease,
dividend,  letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation
directly or indirectly guaranteed,  endorsed,  co-made,  discounted or sold with
recourse by that  Person,  or for which that  Person is  directly or  indirectly
liable; (ii) any obligations for undrawn letters of
                                       14
<PAGE>
credit  for the  account  of that  Person;  and (iii) all  obligations  from any
interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar
agreement,  or other  agreement or  arrangement  designated  to protect a Person
against  fluctuation  in interest  rates,  currency  exchange rates or commodity
prices;  but  "Contingent  Obligation"  does  not  include  endorsements  in the
ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated
or  determined  amount  of the  primary  obligation  for  which  the  Contingent
Obligation is made or, if not determinable,  the maximum reasonably  anticipated
liability for it determined by the Person in good faith;  but the amount may not
exceed the  maximum of the  obligations  under the  guarantee  or other  support
arrangement.

         "Credit  Extension" means each Advance,  Equipment  Advance,  letter of
credit,  or any other  extension  of credit by Bank for the  benefit of Borrower
hereunder.

         "Current  Liabilities"  are the aggregate  amount of  Borrower's  Total
Liabilities which mature within one (1) year.

         "Eligible  Accounts" are Accounts in the ordinary  course of Borrower's
business that meet all Borrower's representations and warranties in Section 5.2;
but Bank may change eligibility standards by giving Borrower notice. Unless Bank
agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts will not include:

         (a)  Accounts  that the account  debtor has not paid within 120 days of
         invoice date;

         (b) Accounts for an account debtor,  50% or more of whose Accounts have
         not been paid within 120 days of invoice date;

         (c) Credit balances over 120 days from invoice date;

         (d) Accounts for an account debtor,  including Affiliates,  whose total
         obligations  to Borrower  exceed 25% of all  Accounts,  for the amounts
         that exceed that percentage, unless the Bank approves in writing;

         (e) Accounts for which the account  debtor does not have its  principal
         place of business in the United States;

         (f) Accounts for which the account debtor is a federal,  state or local
         government entity or any department,  agency, or instrumentality,  with
         the exception of Accounts from Medicare and Medicade;

         (g) Accounts for which Borrower owes the account debtor, but only up to
         the amount owed (sometimes called "contra" accounts,  accounts payable,
         customer deposits or credit accounts);

         (h) Accounts for  demonstration or promotional  equipment,  or in which
         goods  are  consigned,  sales  guaranteed,  sale  or  return,  sale  on
         approval, bill and hold, or other terms if account debtor's payment may
         be conditional;

         (i)  Accounts  for which the account  debtor is  Borrower's  Affiliate,
         officer, employee, or agent;

         (j) Accounts in which the account  debtor  disputes  liability or makes
         any claim and Bank believes  there may be a basis for dispute (but only
         up to the  disputed or claimed  amount),  or if the  Account  Debtor is
         subject to an Insolvency Proceeding,  or becomes insolvent, or goes out
         of business;

         (k)  Accounts for which Bank  reasonably  determines  collection  to be
         doubtful.

         "Equipment"  is all present  and future  machinery,  equipment,  tenant
improvements,  furniture,  fixtures,  vehicles,  tools, parts and attachments in
which Borrower has any interest.

         "Equipment Advance" is defined in Section 2.1.2.
                                       15
<PAGE>
         "Equipment Maturity Date" is defined in Section 2.1.2.

         "ERISA" is the Employment  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, and
its regulations.

         "GAAP" is generally accepted accounting principles.

         "Indebtedness"  is (a)  indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred
price of property or services,  such as reimbursement  and other obligations for
surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations  evidenced by notes,  bonds,
debentures  or  similar  instruments,  (c)  capital  lease  obligations  and (d)
Contingent Obligations.

         "Insolvency  Proceeding" are proceedings by or against any Person under
the United States  Bankruptcy  Code, or any other  bankruptcy or insolvency law,
including  assignments  for the benefit of creditors,  compositions,  extensions
generally  with  its   creditors,   or   proceedings   seeking   reorganization,
arrangement, or other relief.

         "Inventory"  is present and future  inventory in which Borrower has any
interest,  including merchandise,  raw materials,  parts, supplies,  packing and
shipping  materials,  work in process and finished products intended for sale or
lease  or to be  furnished  under a  contract  of  service,  of  every  kind and
description  now or later  owned by or in the custody or  possession,  actual or
constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or
possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds
(including  insurance  proceeds)  from  the  sale or  disposition  of any of the
foregoing and any documents of title.

         "Investment"   is  any  beneficial   ownership  of  (including   stock,
partnership  interest or other securities) any Person,  or any loan,  advance or
capital contribution to any Person.

         "Lien" is a mortgage,  lien, deed of trust,  charge,  pledge,  security
interest or other encumbrance.

         "Loan Documents" are, collectively,  this Agreement, any note, or notes
or guaranties executed by Borrower or Guarantor, and any other present or future
agreement  between  Borrower  and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection  with
this Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.

         "Material Adverse Change" is defined in Section 8.3.

         "Obligations" are debts,  principal,  interest, Bank Expenses and other
amounts  Borrower  owes  Bank now or later,  including  letters  of  credit  and
exchange contracts and including interest accruing after Insolvency  Proceedings
begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank.

         "Permitted Indebtedness" is:

         (a) Borrower's  indebtedness  to Bank under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document;

         (b)  Indebtedness  existing  on  the  Closing  Date  and  shown  on the
Schedule;

         (c)  Subordinated Debt;

         (d) Indebtedness to trade creditors  incurred in the ordinary course of
business; and

         (e) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens.

         "Permitted Investments" are:

         (a) Investments shown on the Schedule and existing on the Closing Date;
and

         (b)  (i)  marketable  direct   obligations  issued  or  unconditionally
guaranteed  by the United  States or its agency or any State  maturing  within 1
year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more
                                       16
<PAGE>
than 1 year after its  creation  and  having  the  highest  rating  from  either
Standard & Poor's  Corporation  or Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc., and (iii)
Bank's certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than 1 year after issue.

         "Permitted Liens" are:

         (a) Liens  existing  on the Closing  Date and shown on the  Schedule or
arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;

         (b) Liens for taxes,  fees,  assessments or other government charges or
levies,  either not  delinquent  or being  contested in good faith and for which
Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority over
any of Bank's security interests;

         (c) Purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment  acquired or held by Borrower
or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment,  or
(ii)  existing  on  equipment  when  acquired,  if the Lien is  confined  to the
property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;

         (d) Leases or  subleases  and  licenses or  sublicenses  granted in the
ordinary  course of  Borrower's  business and any interest or title of a lessor,
licensor or under any lease or license, if the leases,  subleases,  licenses and
sublicenses permit granting Bank a security interest;

         (e) Liens  incurred in the  extension,  renewal or  refinancing  of the
indebtedness  secured by Liens  described in (a) through (c), but any extension,
renewal or  replacement  Lien must be limited to the property  encumbered by the
existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

         "Person" is any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,  limited
liability company,  joint venture,  company association,  trust,  unincorporated
organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation,
firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

         "Prime Rate" is Bank's most recently announced "prime rate," even if it
is not Bank's lowest rate.

         "Quick  Assets"  is,  on  any  date,   the   Borrower's   consolidated,
unrestricted  cash,  cash  equivalents,   net  billed  accounts  receivable  and
investments  with  maturities  of fewer than 12 months  determined  according to
GAAP.

         "Responsible  Officer"  is each of the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the
President, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

         "Revolving Maturity Date" is May 1, 1999.

         "Schedule" is any attached schedule of exceptions.

         "Subordinated  Debt"  is debt  incurred  by  Borrower  subordinated  to
Borrower's debt to Bank (and identified as subordinated by Borrower and Bank).

         "Subsidiary"  is for any Person,  or any other business entity of which
more  than  50% of the  voting  stock  or  other  equity  interests  is owned or
controlled,  directly or indirectly,  by the Person or one or more Affiliates of
the Person.

         "Tangible Net Worth" is, on any date, the consolidated  total assets of
Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  minus,  (i)  any  amounts  attributable  to (a)
goodwill,  (b) intangible  items such as unamortized  debt discount and expense,
Patents,  trade and  service  marks  and  names,  Copyrights  and  research  and
development  expenses  except  prepaid  expenses,  and (c)  reserves not already
deducted from assets, and (ii) Total Liabilities plus Subordinated Debt.
                                       17
<PAGE>
         "Total Liabilities" is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP,
be classified as liabilities on Borrower's consolidated balance sheet, including
all Indebtedness,  and current portion Subordinated Debt allowed to be paid, but
excluding all other Subordinated Debt.


BORROWER:

OrthoLogic Corp.


By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter      
   ------------------------------
Title: President & CEO
      ---------------------------


BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ Amy Lou Blunt                
   ----------------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President      
      -------------------------------
                                       18

                               SILICON VALLEY BANK
                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 2, 1998,
by and between  Silicon  Valley Bank  ("Purchaser")  and the Company  whose name
appears on the last page of this Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

         A. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,  the Purchaser is
purchasing from the Company a Warrant to Purchase Stock (the "Warrant") pursuant
to which  Purchaser  has the right to acquire  from the  Company  the Shares (as
defined in the Warrant).

         B. By this Agreement, the Purchaser and the Company desire to set forth
the registration rights of the Shares all as provided herein.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,
covenants and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  the parties  hereto  mutually
agree as follows:

         1. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                  1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

                           (a)   The   term   "register,"    "registered,"   and
"registration"  refer to a  registration  effected  by  preparing  and  filing a
registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), and the declaration or ordering of
effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

                           (b) The term  "Registrable  Securities" means (i) the
Shares (if Common  Stock) or all shares of Common Stock of the Company  issuable
or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company
issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant,  right or
other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect
to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any stock referred to in (i).

                           (c)  The  terms  "Holder"  or  "Holders"   means  the
Purchaser  or  qualifying  transferees  under  subsection  1.8  hereof  who hold
Registrable Securities.

                           (d) The term "SEC" means the  Securities and Exchange
Commission.

                  1.2 Company Registration.

                           (a)  Registration.  If at any  time or  from  time to
time, the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, for its own
account or the account of any of its shareholders,  other than a registration on
Form S-1 or S-8 relating solely to employee stock option or purchase plans, or a
registration  on Form S-4 relating solely to an SEC Rule 145  transaction,  or a
registration  on any other form (other than Form S-1, S-2, S-3 or S-18, or their
successor  forms)  or any  successor  to such  forms,  which  does  not  include
substantially  the same  information  as would be  required  to be included in a
registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities,  the Company
will:

                                    (i)  promptly  give to each  Holder  written
notice  thereof  (which shall include a list of the  jurisdictions  in which the
Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities  under the applicable blue
sky or other state securities laws); and

                                    (ii)  include  in  such   registration  (and
compliance),  and in any  underwriting  involved  therein,  all the  Registrable
Securities specified in a written request or requests, 
<PAGE>
made within 30 days after  receipt of such written  notice from the Company,  by
any Holder or Holders, except as set forth in subsection 1.2(b) below.

                           (b)  Underwriting.  If the  registration of which the
Company  gives  notice  is  for  a  registered  public  offering   involving  an
underwriting,  the Company  shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written
notice given  pursuant to subsection  1.2(a)(i).  In such event the right of any
Holder to registration pursuant to this subsection 1.2 shall be conditioned upon
such  Holder's  participation  in such  underwriting  and the  inclusion of such
Holder's  Registrable  Securities  in the  underwriting  to the extent  provided
herein.  All Holders  proposing  to  distribute  their  securities  through such
underwriting  shall  (together  with  the  Company  and the  other  shareholders
distributing  their  securities   through  such  underwriting)   enter  into  an
underwriting  agreement in customary form with the  underwriter or  underwriters
selected for such underwriting by the Company.

                  1.3  Expenses  of  Registration.   All  expenses  incurred  in
connection with any registration,  qualification or compliance  pursuant to this
Section  1  including  without   limitation,   all   registration,   filing  and
qualification fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company and  expenses of any special  audits  incidental  to or required by such
registration,  shall be borne by the  Company  except the  Company  shall not be
required  to pay  underwriters'  fees,  discounts  or  commissions  relating  to
Registrable  Securities.  All expenses of any registered  offering not otherwise
borne by the Company shall be borne pro rata among the Holders  participating in
the offering and the Company.

                  1.4 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration,
qualification   or  compliance   effected  by  the  Company   pursuant  to  this
Registration Rights Agreement,  the Company will keep each Holder  participating
therein  advised  in  writing  as  to  the  initiation  of  each   registration,
qualification  and  compliance  and  as to the  completion  thereof.  Except  as
otherwise provided in subsection 1.3, at its expense the Company will:

                           (a)  Prepare  and file  with  the SEC a  registration
statement with respect to such  Registrable  Securities and use its best efforts
to cause such registration statement to become effective,  and, upon the request
of  the  Holders  of  a  majority  of  the  Registrable   Securities  registered
thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days.

                           (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
with  such  registration  statement  as may be  necessary  to  comply  with  the
provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  with  respect  to the  disposition  of all
securities covered by such registration statement.

                           (c) Furnish to the Holders  such numbers of copies of
a  prospectus,  including  a  preliminary  prospectus,  in  conformity  with the
requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  and  such  other  documents  as they may
reasonably  request  in order  to  facilitate  the  disposition  of  Registrable
Securities owned by them.

                           (d) Use its best  efforts to register and qualify the
securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or
Blue Sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as shall be  reasonably  requested  by the
Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith
or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent
to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

                           (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering,
enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual
and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.  Each Holder
participating  in such  underwriting  shall  also  enter  into and  perform  its
obligations under such an agreement.

                           (f)  Notify  each  Holder of  Registrable  Securities
covered by such  registration  statement at any time when a prospectus  relating
thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities 
                                       2
<PAGE>
Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the  prospectus  included
in such registration  statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omits to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading in the light
of the circumstances then existing.

                  1.5 Indemnification.

                           (a)  The  Company  will   indemnify  each  Holder  of
Registrable  Securities  and each of its officers,  directors and partners,  and
each person  controlling such Holder,  with respect to which such  registration,
qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Rights Agreement,
and each  underwriter,  if any, and each person who controls any  underwriter of
the  Registrable  Securities  held by or  issuable to such  Holder,  against all
claims,  losses,  expenses,  damages  and  liabilities  (or  actions  in respect
thereto)  arising out of or based on any untrue  statement  (or  alleged  untrue
statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus,  offering circular or
other document (including any related  registration  statement,  notification or
the like) incident to any such  registration,  qualification  or compliance,  or
based on any omission (or alleged  omission)  to state  therein a material  fact
required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the  statement  therein not
misleading,  or  any  violation  or  alleged  violation  by the  Company  of the
Securities  Act, the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  ("Exchange
Act") or any state  securities  law  applicable  to the  Company  or any rule or
regulation  promulgated  under the Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any such
state  law and  relating  to action  or  inaction  required  of the  Company  in
connection with any such  registration,  qualification  of compliance,  and will
reimburse each such Holder,  each of its officers,  directors and partners,  and
each person  controlling such Holder,  each such underwriter and each person who
controls any such underwriter, within a reasonable amount of time after incurred
for any  reasonable  legal and any other  expenses  incurred in connection  with
investigating,  defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or
action;  provided,  however,  that the  indemnity  agreement  contained  in this
subsection  1.5(a)  shall not apply to amounts  paid in  settlement  of any such
claim, loss, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld);
and  provided  further,  that the Company will not be liable in any such case to
the extent that any such claim,  loss,  damage or liability  arises out of or is
based on any  untrue  statement  or  omission  based  upon  written  information
furnished  to the  Company by an  instrument  duly  executed  by such  Holder or
underwriter specifically for use therein.

                           (b) Each Holder will, if Registrable  Securities held
by or issuable to such Holder are  included in the  securities  as to which such
registration,  qualification  or  compliance  is being  effected,  indemnify the
Company,  each of its directors and officers,  each underwriter,  if any, of the
Company's securities covered by such a registration  statement,  each person who
controls the Company  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act, and each other
such  Holder,  each of its  officers,  directors  and  partners  and each person
controlling  such  Holder,  against all claims,  losses,  expenses,  damages and
liabilities  (or  actions in  respect  thereof)  arising  out of or based on any
untrue  statement (or alleged untrue  statement) of a material fact contained in
any  such  registration  statement,   prospectus,  offering  circular  or  other
document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading,  and will  reimburse  the Company,  such  Holders,  such  directors,
officers,  partners,  persons or  underwriters  for any reasonable  legal or any
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating,  defending or settling
any such claim, loss,  damage,  liability or action, in each case to the extent,
but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement)
or  omission  (or  alleged  omission)  is made in such  registration  statement,
prospectus,  offering  circular  or  other  document  in  reliance  upon  and in
conformity  with written  information  furnished to the Company by an instrument
duly executed by such Holder  specifically for use therein;  provided,  however,
that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.5(b) shall not apply
to amounts paid in  settlement  of any such claim,  loss,  damage,  liability or
action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder,  (which
consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld);  and provided  further,  that the
total amount for which any Holder shall be liable under this  subsection  1.5(b)
shall not in any event  exceed the  aggregate  proceeds  received by such Holder
from  the  sale  of  Registrable   Securities   held  by  such  Holder  in  such
registration.
                                       3
<PAGE>
                           (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this
subsection 1.5 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required
to  provide  indemnification  (the  "Indemnifying  Party")  promptly  after such
Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be
sought,  and shall  permit the  Indemnifying  Party to assume the defense of any
such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided that counsel for the
Indemnifying  Party,  who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation,
shall  be  approved  by the  Indemnified  Party  (whose  approval  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld),  and the  Indemnified  Party  may  participate  in such
defense at such party's expense;  and provided further,  that the failure of any
Indemnified  Party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not  relieve  the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, unless such failure resulted in
prejudice to the Indemnifying  Party; and provided further,  that an Indemnified
Party  (together  with all other  Indemnified  Parties which may be  represented
without  conflict by one  counsel)  shall have the right to retain one  separate
counsel,  with the fees and expenses to be paid by the  Indemnifying  Party,  if
representation  of  such  Indemnified  Party  by  the  counsel  retained  by the
Indemnifying  Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential  differing
interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such
counsel in such  proceeding.  No Indemnifying  Party, in the defense of any such
claim or litigation,  shall,  except with the consent of each Indemnified Party,
consent to entry of any  judgment  or enter into any  settlement  which does not
include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff
to such  Indemnified  Party of a release  from all  liability in respect to such
claim or litigation.

                  1.6   Information   by  Holder.   Any  Holder  or  Holders  of
Registrable  Securities  included in any registration  shall promptly furnish to
the  Company  such  information   regarding  such  Holder  or  Holders  and  the
distribution  proposed  by such  Holder or Holders as the Company may request in
writing  and  as  shall  be  required  in  connection  with  any   registration,
qualification or compliance referred to herein.

                  1.7 Rule 144  Reporting.  With a view to making  available  to
Holders  the  benefits  of certain  rules and  regulations  of the SEC which may
permit  the  sale  of  the   Registrable   Securities  to  the  public   without
registration, the Company agrees at all times to:

                           (a) make and keep public  information  available,  as
those terms are  understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, after 90 days after the
effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of
its securities to the general public;

                           (b) file with the SEC in a timely  manner all reports
and other  documents  required of the Company under the  Securities  Act and the
Exchange  Act (at  any  time  after  it has  become  subject  to such  reporting
requirements); and

                           (c)  so  long  as  a  Holder  owns  any   Registrable
Securities, to furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement
by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule
144  (at  any  time  after  90  days  after  the  effective  date  of the  first
registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to
the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time
after it has become subject to such reporting requirements),  a copy of the most
recent  annual or quarterly  report of the Company,  and such other  reports and
documents  so filed by the  Company  as the  Holder  may  reasonably  request in
complying with any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing the Holder to sell any
such securities without registration.

                  1.8 Transfer of Registration Rights.  Holders' rights to cause
the Company to register their securities and keep information available, granted
to them by the  Company  under  subsections  1.2  and 1.7 may be  assigned  to a
transferee  or assignee  of a Holder's  Registrable  Securities  not sold to the
public, provided, that the Company is given written notice by such Holder at the
time of or within a reasonable  time after said  transfer,  stating the name and
address of said  transferee  or assignee and  identifying  the  securities  with
respect to which such  registration  rights are being assigned.  The Company may
prohibit the transfer of any Holders'  rights under this  subsection  1.8 to any
proposed  transferee  or  assignee  who the  Company  reasonably  believes  is a
competitor of the Company. 4
<PAGE>
         2. General.

                  2.1 Waivers and  Amendments.  With the written  consent of the
record  or  beneficial  holders  of at  least  a  majority  of  the  Registrable
Securities,  the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the
Registrable  Securities under this agreement may be waived (either  generally or
in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively,  and either for
a  specified  period of time or  indefinitely),  and with the same  consent  the
Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into
a  supplementary  agreement  for the  purpose  of adding  any  provisions  to or
changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of this  Agreement;
provided,  however, that no such modification,  amendment or waiver shall reduce
the aforesaid percentage of Registrable Securities without the consent of all of
the Holders of the Registrable  Securities.  Upon the  effectuation of each such
waiver,  consent,  agreement  of amendment or  modification,  the Company  shall
promptly give written notice  thereof to the record  holders of the  Registrable
Securities who have not previously consented thereto in writing.  This Agreement
or any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by
a statement in writing  signed by the party  against  which  enforcement  of the
change,  waiver,  discharge  or  termination  is  sought,  except to the  extent
provided in this subsection 2.1.

                  2.2  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed in all
respects  by the laws of the State of  California  as such laws are  applied  to
agreements  between  California  residents  entered  into  and  to be  performed
entirely within California.

                  2.3  Successors  and Assigns.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided  herein,  the  provisions  hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, the successors,  assigns,  heirs,  executors and administrators of
the parties hereto.

                  2.4  Entire  Agreement.   Except  as  set  forth  below,  this
Agreement and the other documents  delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full
and entire  understanding  and agreement  between the parties with regard to the
subjects hereof and thereof.

                  2.5  Notices,   etc.  All  notices  and  other  communications
required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first
class mail,  postage  prepaid,  certified or  registered  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  addressed (a) if to Holder,  at such  Holder's  address as set forth
below,  or at such other  address as such  Holder  shall have  furnished  to the
Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at the Company's address set forth
below,  or at such other  address as the  Company  shall have  furnished  to the
Holder in writing.

                  2.6  Severability.  In case any  provision  of this  Agreement
shall  be  invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality  and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any provision of
the other Agreement s shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  2.7  Titles and  Subtitles.  The  titles of the  sections  and
subsections of this Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and are not
to be considered in construing this Agreement.

                  2.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts,  each of which shall be an original,  but all of which together
shall constitute one instrument.
                                       5
<PAGE>
PURCHASER                               COMPANY

SILICON VALLEY BANK                     ORTHOLOGIC CORP.


By: /s/ Amy Lou Blunt                         By: /s/ Thomas R. Trotter      
   ----------------------------------            ------------------------------
Name: Amy Lou Blunt                           Name: Thomas R. Trotter          
     --------------------------------              ----------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President               Title: President & CEO
      -------------------------------               ---------------------------

                                              By:
                                                 ------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ---------------------------

Address:                                Address:

4455 East Camelback Road, Suite E-290   1275 W. Washington
Phoenix, AZ 85018                       Tempe, AZ 85281

                                ORTHOLOGIC CORP.
       STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) PER WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                      NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING*
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                              1997         1996        1995
                                                                              ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>        <C>     
Net income (loss) ....................................................      ($17,714)     $ 2,538    ($1,352)
                                                                             =======      =======    =======
Common shares outstanding at end of period............................        25,255       25,022     19,252

Adjustment to reflect weighted average for shares issued
during the period.....................................................          (139)        (878)    (3,703)
                                                                            --------      -------    ------- 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding..................        25,116       24,144     15,549
                                                                             =======      =======    =======
Net income (loss) per weighted average number of common shares
outstanding...........................................................        ($.71)         $.11      ($.09)
                                                                             =======      =======    =======
</TABLE>

* Adjusted to reflect the Company's  2-for-1 stock split effected in the form of
a 100% stock dividend in June 1996.

ORTHOLOGIC
ANNUAL REPORT

SPECIAL NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995,  including  projections  of
results of operations  and financial  condition,  statements of future  economic
performance,  and  general or specific  statements  of future  expectations  and
beliefs. The matters covered by such  forward-looking  statements are subject to
known and unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors which may cause the
actual results,  performance or achievements of the Company to differ materially
from those contemplated or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important
factors which may cause actual  results to differ  include,  but are not limited
to, the following  matters,  which are discussed in more detail in the Company's
Form 10-K for the 1997 fiscal year:

The Company's lack of experience with respect to newly acquired technologies and
products may reduce the Company's ability to exploit the  opportunities  offered
by the acquisitions discussed in this report.

Potential   difficulties   in  integrating  the  operations  of  newly  acquired
businesses may impact  negatively on the Company's  ability to realize  benefits
from the acquisitions.

As  discussed  herein,  the  Company  intends to pursue  sales in  international
markets.  The  Company,  however,  has had little  experience  in such  markets.
Expanded efforts at pursuing new markets  necessarily  involves  expenditures to
develop  such  markets and there can be no  assurance  that the results of those
efforts will be profitable.

There can be no assurance that the Company's estimates of the market opportunity
are  accurate,  or that  changes  in that  market  will not cause the nature and
extent of that market to deviate materially from the Company's expectations.

To  the  extent  that  the  Company  presently  enjoys  perceived  technological
advantages  over  competitors,  technological  innovation  by  present or future
competitors may erode the Company's position in the market. To sustain long-term
growth,  the  Company  must  develop  and  introduce  new  products  and  expand
applications of existing products;  however,  there can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to do so or that  the  market  will  accept  any  such new
products or applications.

The Company  operates in a highly  regulated  environment and cannot predict the
actions of  regulatory  authorities.  The  action or  non-action  of  regulatory
authorities may impede the development and  introduction of new products and new
applications for existing products,  and may have temporary or permanent effects
on the Company's marketing of its existing or planned products.

There can be no assurance  that the  influence of managed care will  continue to
grow either in the United States or abroad,  or that any such growth will result
in greater acceptance or sales of the Company's products.  In particular,  there
can be no  assurance  that  existing or future  decision  makers and third party
payors  within  the  medical  community  will  be  receptive  to the  use of the
Company's  products  or replace or  supplement  existing  or future  treatments.
Moreover,  the  transition  to  managed  care and the  increasing  consolidation
underway in the managed  care  industry  may  concentrate  economic  power among
buyers  of  the  Company's  products,   which  concentration  could  foreseeably
adversely  affect the price  third  party  payors are  willing to pay,  and thus
adversely affect the Company's margins.

Although the Company  believes that existing  litigation  initiated  against the
Company is without  merit and the  Company  intends  to defend  such  litigation
vigorously,  an adverse outcome of such litigation could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
<PAGE>
topic:

FINANCIAL REPORT


MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.


GENERAL

OrthoLogic  ("the  Company") was founded in July 1987.  Through August 1996, the
Company  was  engaged  primarily  in  the  commercialization  of  the  Company's
proprietary  BioLogic technology in order to develop products that stimulate the
healing of bone  fractures and spinal  fusions.  On August 30, 1996,  OrthoLogic
acquired Sutter Corporation (Sutter). Sutter develops,  manufactures and markets
orthopaedic  rehabilitation  products (primarily continuous passive motion (CPM)
devices) and  services.  As discussed  in Note 2 to the  Company's  consolidated
financial   statements,   the  Company  completed  two  additional  CPM  related
acquisitions  in March 1997 and commenced the  consolidation  and integration of
all of its facilities,  operations and personnel.  The manufacturing  operations
for  the  CPM  product  line  were  consolidated  in  Toronto,  Canada,  and the
administrative  and CPM  service  and repair  operations  were  consolidated  in
Phoenix,  Arizona.  The Company reduced the number of facilities from six to two
during  the  second and third  quarters  of 1997.  The  Company's  product  line
includes bone growth stimulation and fracture fixation devices,  CPM devices and
related products and Hyalgan.
<PAGE>
BONE GROWTH STIMULATION AND FRACTURE FIXATION DEVICES

In  March  1994,  the  Company  received  approval  of  its  Premarket  Approval
Application  (PMA) from the U.S.  Food and Drug  Administration  (the "FDA") and
commenced marketing its OrthoLogic 1000 Bone Growth Stimulator for the treatment
of nonunion fractures.

In 1993,  the Company  commenced  clinical  trials for the  SpinaLogic  1000, an
application of the BioLogic  technology as an adjunct to spinal fusion  surgery.
Also, during 1993, the Company commenced sales of its first commercial  product,
the OrthoFrame  External  Fixator.  Additionally,  in cooperation  with the Mayo
Clinic in Rochester,  Minnesota, the Company developed the OrthoFrame/Mayo Wrist
Fixator and  commenced  sales of this product  during the first quarter of 1994.
The Orthopaedic Department of the Mayo Clinic provides ongoing clinical input on
future product design  enhancements.  In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company
commenced an ongoing  clinical  trial of the  SpinaLogic  1000 as a  noninvasive
treatment for a failed spinal fusion surgery.

Prior to the second quarter of 1996, the Company marketed its products primarily
through a network  of  independent  orthopaedic  specialty  dealers.  During the
second  quarter  of  1996,  the  Company  commenced  conversion  of the  primary
marketing channel to a direct sales force. The Company paid approximately  $10.8
million  to former  independent  dealers  for the  return of  territory  rights,
covenants-not-to-compete  and the right to hire former  independent dealer sales
representatives  as Company  employees.  During the third  quarter of 1997,  the
Company determined the dealer intangible  acquired in the transition to a direct
sales force had been impaired.  As part of a restructuring charge totaling $13.8
million,  the  Company  recognized  a  $10.0  million  write-off  of the  dealer
intangible.  At  December  31,  1997 the bone growth  stimulation  and  fracture
fixation device direct sales force had approximately 65 sales representatives.

The  Companys  OrthoLogic  1000 is sold to  patients  upon  receipt of a written
prescription.  The  Company  submits a bill to the  patients  insurance  carrier
(third party payor) for  reimbursement.  All bills for the  OrthoLogic  1000 are
submitted  to third  party  payors at the  products  list price.  The  Company's
OrthoFrame  products are used in  conjunction  with surgical  procedures and are
sold to hospitals.

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  at the time of product  shipment.  OrthoFrame
products are shipped based upon receipt of purchase orders from hospitals, which
are billed at the time of shipment.  Each  OrthoLogic 1000 is shipped based upon
receipt of a physicians  prescription.  Therefore,  the Company operates with no
backlog.

CONTINUOUS PASSIVE MOTION

The  Company's  CPM  products  are rented to patients in the home,  hospital and
outpatient  surgical  facilities.  In addition  to CPM rentals the Company  also
markets bracing and cryotherapy products.

The Company  maintains a fleet of CPMs which are rented to patients upon receipt
of a written  prescription.  The Company recognizes CPM revenue daily during the
period of prescribed  usage.  A bill is sent to the patients  insurance  carrier
(third party  payor) for  reimbursement.  At December  31, 1997,  the CPM direct
sales force had approximately 100 sales representatives.

HYALGAN

The  Company  began  marketing  Hyalgan  during  July 1997 under a  co-promotion
agreement  with Sanofi  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  ("Sanofi").  The Company has the
marketing rights for all orthopaedic  surgeons in the United States.  Hyalgan is
used for relief of pain from  osteoarthritis  of the knee for those patients who
have failed to respond  adequately to conservative non  pharmacological  therapy
and to simple  analgesics,  e.g.  acetaminophen.  The product is manufactured by
Fidia  S.p.A.  and sold to Sanofi who in turn sells the  product to a  wholesale
distributor. The Company recognizes fee revenue when the product is shipped from
the  distributor  to the  orthopaedic  surgeon under a purchase  order.  The fee
revenue is based upon the number of units sold at the wholesale acquisition cost
less  amounts for  distribution  costs,  discounts,  rebates,  returns,  product
transfer price, overhead factor and a royalty factor. The Company's entire sales
force markets Hyalgan.

OTHER

OrthoLogic reported a net loss of $17.7 million during 1997 with a deficit as of
December 31, 1997, of $34.7 million.

As of December  31, 1997,  the Company had  approximately  $17.4  million in net
operating loss  carryforwards for federal tax purposes.  The Companys ability to
utilize  its  net  operating  loss   carryforwards  may  be  subject  to  annual
limitations  in future years  pursuant to the "change in ownership  rules" under
Section 82 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and are dependent
on the Company's future profitability.

Future  operating  results will depend on numerous  factors  including,  but not
limited to, demand for the Company's  products,  the timing, cost and acceptance
of product  introductions and enhancements made by the Company or others,  level
of third party payment,
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
14/15

alternate  treatments  which currently exist or may be introduced in the future,
practice  patterns,  competitive  conditions in the industry,  general  economic
conditions and other factors  influencing the  orthopaedic  market in the United
States or other countries in which the Company operates or expands. In addition,
efforts to reform the health care system and contain health care expenditures in
the United States could adversely  affect the Company's  revenues and results of
operations. Furthermore, the Company's medical devices are subject to regulation
by the  FDA,  and the FDA has the  power  to  affect  the  Company's  sales  and
marketing of its devices.  The Company  cannot  determine the effect such trends
and regulations will have on its operations, if any.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997

REVENUES.  OrthoLogics  revenue  increased  from $14.7  million in 1995 to $41.9
million in 1996,  an increase  of 185%.  The  increase  in revenue is  primarily
attributable  to higher sales levels of the  OrthoLogic  1000 and four months of
revenues from Sutter. Revenues increased 84% from $41.9 million in 1996 to $77.0
million in 1997.  The  increase  in  revenues  is  attributed  to a full year of
revenues  from Sutter,  the addition of Danninger  and Toronto  product lines in
March 1997 and fee  income  for  Hyalgan  which  started in July 1997.  Sales of
OrthoLogic 1000 declined in 1997 compared to 1996.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased from $11.6 million in 1995 to $33.6 million
in 1996, an increase of 189%.  Gross profit  increased 75% from $33.6 million in
1996 to $58.7 million in 1997.  Gross profit as a percentage of sales  increased
from 79.1% in 1995 to 80.2% in 1996.  The gross  profit  percentage  declined to
76.2% in 1997  primarily  as a result of the recently  acquired  CPM  operations
which have a lower gross profit  percentage than the Companys  fracture  healing
products.

SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  ("SG&A") EXPENSES. SG&A expenses increased
182% from $11.3  million in 1995 to $31.9  million in 1996 and  increased 93% to
$61.5  million in 1997.  The increase  from 1995 to 1996 is primarily due to the
variable  costs  (commissions,  bad debts  and  royalties)  associated  with the
increased  revenue.  The  fixed  component  of the SG&A  also  increased  due to
additional  personnel  at all  levels for senior  management,  human  resources,
marketing,   accounting   and   management   information   systems   and   other
infrastructure required to support the growing revenue volume. The increase from
1996 to 1997 is primarily  due to a full year of fixed costs and variable  costs
associated  with the 1996  acquisition of Sutter and the  acquisition of the CPM
businesses of Toronto Medical Corp. ("Toronto") and Danninger Medical Technology
Inc. ("DMTI") in the first quarter of 1997.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses increased
from $2.1  million in 1995 to $2.2  million in 1996.  Research  and  development
expenses increased 7% from $2.2 million in 1996 to $2.3 million in 1997.

RESTRUCTURING  AND OTHER CHARGES.  During the third quarter of 1997, the Company
restructured its sales,  marketing and managed care groups. As a result of their
restructuring  and a  second  consecutive  quarter  of  declining  sales  of the
OrthoLogic  1000 in the third  quarter  of 1997,  the  Company  determined  that
certain  dealer  intangibles  acquired in the transition to a direct sales force
had been impaired.  The Company recorded a restructuring charge of $13.8 million
in the third  quarter,  composed  of a $10.0  million  write-off  of its  dealer
intangibles and $3.8 million in severance, facility closing and related costs.

NET INCOME (Loss).  Net loss during 1997 is composed of an operating loss of $19
million offset by other income of $1.5 million, consisting primarily of interest
income of $1.4 million.  Net income during 1996 is composed of an operating loss
of  $485,000  which  is  offset  by other  income  of $3.0  million,  consisting
predominantly of interest income of $2.8 million.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company has financed its operations  through the public and private sales of
equity  securities and product  revenues.  From inception  through  December 31,
1997,  the  Company  had raised  $119.4  million  in net  proceeds  from  equity
financing.

At December 31, 1997, the Company had cash and cash  equivalents of $7.8 million
and short term investments of $4.6 million.  Working capital  decreased 40% from
$75.0 million at December 31, 1996 to $44.9  million at December 31, 1997.  This
decrease is primarily the result of working capital used for the acquisitions of
Toronto  and DMTI.  The net cash  outlay was  approximately  $ 7.5  million  for
Toronto and $ 10.7 million for DMTI.
<PAGE>
Subsequent to year end, the Company secured a $10.0 million accounts  receivable
revolving line of credit and a $2.5 million revolving term loan from a bank. The
maximum amount, which may be borrowed under these facilities,  in the aggregate,
is $10.0  million (Note 15). The Company  anticipates  that its cash on hand and
the funds  available  from this line of credit  will be  sufficient  to meet the
Company's presently projected cash and working capital requirements for the next
12 months.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that this will prove to be the
case. The timing and amounts of cash used will depend on many factors, including
the Company's  ability to continue to increase  revenues,  reduce or control its
expenditures, become profitable and collect amounts due from third party payors.
Additional  funds may be  required if the  Company is not  successful  in any of
these areas.  The Companys  ability to continue  funding its planned  operations
beyond the next 12 months is dependent  upon its ability to generate  sufficient
cash flow to meet its  obligations  on a timely basis,  or to obtain  additional
funds through equity or debt financing,  or from other sources of financing,  as
may be required.

Net cash used by  operations  increased  44.6% from $4.8 million in 1995 to $6.9
million in 1996.  This  increase was  primarily due to the increases in accounts
receivable and inventory of $4.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively,  offset
by  increases  in net income and  depreciation/amortization  of $3.9 million and
$1.6 million respectively. Net cash used by operations decreased 30.2% from $6.9
million in 1996 to $4.8 million in 1997.  This decrease was primarily due to (1)
a net loss of $17.7  million in 1997 as compared to a net profit of $2.5 million
in 1996, which was offset by a restructuring  charge of $13.8 million, and (2) a
decrease in accrued  liabilities of $2.8 million,  which was offset by increases
in accounts receivable, inventory and depreciation/amortization of $6.4 million,
$1.6 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

As  discussed  in  greater  detail in Note 12 the  Company  has been  named as a
defendant in certain  lawsuits.  Management  believes that the  allegations  are
without merit and will vigorously defend them. No costs related to the potential
outcome of these actions have been accrued.

Under the terms of the Hyalgan co-promotion agreement,  the Company is obligated
to pay a total of $4 million during the first  eighteen  months of the agreement
payable at $1.0 million every six months. During the second quarter of 1997, the
Company  paid $1.0  million  of the  required  payment  under  the  co-promotion
agreement for the right to market and promote Hyalgan.

The Company relocated to new corporate offices during the first quarter of 1998.
The terms of the lease are for a ten-year  period with an escalation of payments
after five years. The Company is accounting for the lease as an operating lease.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

The   inability   of   computers,   software  and  other   equipment   utilizing
microprocessors  to recognize  and properly  process data fields  containing a 2
digit year is commonly  referred to as the Year 2000  Compliance  issue.  As the
year 2000 approaches,  such systems may be unable to accurately  process certain
date-based information.

The  Company has  identified  all  significant  applications  that will  require
modification to ensure Year 2000 Compliance. Internal and external resources are
being used to make the required modifications and test Year 2000 Compliance. The
modification process of all significant  applications is substantially complete.
The  Company  plans  on  completing  the  testing  process  of  all  significant
applications by December 31, 1998.

In  addition,  the  Company  has  communicated  with  others  with  whom it does
significant  business to determine their Year 2000 Compliance  readiness and the
extent to which the Company is  vulnerable  to any third party Year 2000 issues.
However,  there can be no guarantee that the systems of other companies on which
the  Company's  systems  rely will be  timely  converted,  or that a failure  to
convert  by another  company,  or a  conversion  that is  incompatible  with the
Company's systems, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The total cost to the Company of these Year 2000  Compliance  activities has not
been and is not anticipated to be material to its financial  position or results
of operations  in any given year.  These costs and the date on which the Company
plans to complete the Year 2000  modification and testing processes are based on
management's best estimates,  which were derived utilizing numerous  assumptions
of future  events  including the continued  availability  of certain  resources,
third  party  modification  plans and other  factors.  However,  there can be no
guarantee that these  estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ
from those plans.
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97                 ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
16/17

topic:

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  selected  financial  data for each of the five  years in the  period  ended
December 31, 1997 are derived from audited financial  statements of the Company.
The selected  financial  data should be read in  conjunction  with the Financial
Statements and related Notes thereto and other financial  information  appearing
elsewhere  herein and the discussion in  "Management  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations."  As discussed in Note 2 of the
footnotes, the Company completed two acquisitions in March, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Years Ended December 31,
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:                      1997       1996       1995        1994       1993
=======================================================================================================
                                                          (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Total revenues                                    $ 77,049   $ 41,884   $ 14,678   $  4,953   $    326
Total cost of revenues                              18,369      8,299      3,065      1,314        161

Operating expenses:
    Selling, general, and administrative            61,484     31,901     11,304      5,611      1,113
    Research and development                         2,320      2,169      2,132      2,787      2,769
    Restructuring and other charges [Note 1]        13,844         --         --         --         -- 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses                            77,648     34,070     13,436      8,398      3,882
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating loss                                     (18,968)      (485)    (1,823)    (4,760)    (3,717)
Other income                                         1,466      3,023        471        288        393
Income taxes                                          (212)        --         --         --         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                 $(17,714)  $  2,538   $ (1,352)  $ (4,472)  $ (3,324)
=======================================================================================================

Net income (loss) per common share
    Basic [Note 1]                                    (.71)       .11       (.09)      (.33)      (.26)

Net income (loss) per common share
    Diluted [Note 1]                                  (.71)       .11       (.09)      (.33)      (.26)

Basic shares outstanding                            25,116     23,275     15,549     13,791     13,090
Equivalent shares and stock options                     --        869         --         --         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted shares outstanding                          25,116     24,144     15,549     13,791     13,090
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Net income was affected in 1997 by a one-time charge for  restructuring  and
other costs,  applicable to the impairment of dealer intangibles acquired in the
transition to a direct sales force and expenses  related to severance,  facility
closing and related costs.  The effect on EPS from the  restructuring  and other
changes is a loss of .55 cents per share.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Years Ended December 31,
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                   1997      1996       1995       1994       1993
=======================================================================================================
                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Working capital                                    $ 44,859   $ 74,985   $ 23,518   $  4,968   $  9,553
Total assets                                        103,103    113,026     27,490      7,576     10,949
Long-term debt, less current maturities               1,631        280       --           --         20
Stockholders' equity                                 84,737    101,927     24,437      6,052     10,214
</TABLE>
                                                    
STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

MARKET  INFORMATION.  The Company's Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq
National  Market on January  28,  1993 under the  symbol  "OLGC."  The bid price
information  [adjusted for a 2-for-1 stock split effected as a stock dividend in
June 1996]  included  herein is  derived  from the  Nasdaq  Monthly  Statistical
Report,  represents  quotations by dealers,  may not reflect applicable markups,
markdowns or commissions and does not necessarily represent actual transactions.

                                  1997                            1996
                          High               Low           High             Low
================================================================================
First Quarter         $      7          $  4 1/2      $  13.656        $  7 1/8
Second Quarter          6 9/16             4 1/4         26 1/4           9 7/8
Third Quarter                7            4 9/16         16 3/8           7 1/8
Fourth Quarter          6 3/16             4 5/8         11 3/8           5 5/8


As of February 28, 1998, there were 25,274,290 shares  outstanding of the Common
Stock of the Company held by approximately 306 stockholders of record.

DIVIDENDS. The Company has never paid a cash  dividend on its Common  Stock. The
Board of Directors  currently  anticipates that all the Company's  earnings,  if
any,  will by retained  for use in its  business  and does not intend to pay any
cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
18/19

topic:

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 December 31,
ASSETS                                                                      1997              1996
======================================================================================================
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>          
Current assets:
        Cash and cash equivalents                                       $   7,783,349    $  13,493,853
        Short-term investments [Note 5]                                     4,568,526       35,306,989
        Accounts receivable, less allowance for
           doubtful accounts of $11,370,524 and $8,595,000                 34,423,951       26,856,144
        Inventories, net [Note 6]                                          10,548,173        6,551,382
        Prepaids and other current assets                                   1,672,939        1,194,679
        Deferred income taxes [Note 8]                                      2,596,386        2,401,000
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total current assets                                       61,593,324       85,804,047
        ==============================================================================================

        Furniture, rental fleet & equipment, net [Note 7]                  11,459,035        9,082,003

Deposits and other assets [Note 10]                                           152,718           93,112
Note receivable - officer [Note 10]                                                --          200,000
Goodwill [Note 2]                                                          26,008,805        7,757,981
Intangibles, net [Notes 3 and 14]                                           3,888,889       10,088,559
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total assets                                            $ 103,102,771    $ 113,025,702
        ==============================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
======================================================================================================

Current liabilities:
        Accounts payable                                                $   2,896,056    $   2,041,943
        Loan payable - current portion                                        500,000               --
        Accrued compensation                                                3,844,359        3,443,988
        Deferred credits                                                    1,683,321        2,738,779
        Accrued royalties [Note 4]                                            447,380          556,495
        Accrued restructuring expenses [Note 3]                             2,408,476               --
        Obligations under co-promotion agreement [Note 14]                  2,000,000               --
        Accrued expenses                                                    2,955,010        2,037,634
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total current liabilities                                  16,734,602       10,818,839
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred rent and capital leases                                              106,251          279,929
Loan payable - long term                                                      524,457               --
Obligations under co-promotion agreement [Note 14]                          1,000,000               --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total liabilities                                                  18,365,310       11,098,768
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Commitments and contingencies [Notes 4,11,12 and 14]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [NOTE 9]
======================================================================================================
        Common Stock, $.0005 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized;
           25,255,190 and 25,022,346 shares issued and outstanding             12,626           12,510
        Additional paid-in capital                                        119,413,210      118,832,040
        Deficit                                                           (34,688,375)     (16,917,616)
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total stockholders' equity                                 84,737,461      101,926,934
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total liabilities and stockholders' Equity              $ 103,102,771    $ 113,025,702
        ==============================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
topic:

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Years Ending December 31,
                                                                   1997            1996            1995
===========================================================================================================
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>             <C>         
REVENUES                                                      
        Net sales                                              $ 36,043,169    $ 31,031,451    $ 14,678,362
        Net rentals                                              37,362,446      10,852,788              --
        Fee revenue from co-promotion agreement [Note 14]         3,643,618              --              --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total revenues                                   77,049,233      41,884,239      14,678,362
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COST OF REVENUES                                              
        Cost of good sold                                        10,224,397       5,714,510       3,065,451
        Cost of rentals                                           8,144,806       2,584,530              --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total cost of revenues                           18,369,203       8,299,040       3,065,451
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        GROSS PROFIT                                             58,680,030      33,585,199      11,612,911
OPERATING EXPENSES                                            
        Selling, general and administrative                      61,484,418      31,900,966      11,303,624
        Research and development                                  2,319,640       2,169,090       2,132,441
        Restructuring and other charges [Note 3]                 13,843,591              --              --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total operating expenses                         77,647,649      34,070,056      13,436,065
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        OPERATING LOSS                                          (18,967,619)       (484,857)     (1,823,154)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                                        
        Grant/other revenue                                         147,263         182,658         214,704
        Interest income                                           1,384,133       2,840,588         305,243
        Interest expense                                            (65,884)             --         (48,438)
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Total other income                                1,465,512       3,023,246         471,509
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES                              (17,502,107)      2,538,389      (1,351,645)
        Provision for income taxes [Note 8]                        (211,560)             --              --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        NET INCOME (LOSS)                                      $(17,713,667)   $  2,538,389    $ (1,351,645)
        ===================================================================================================
                                                              
        Net income (loss) per common share  basic              $       (.71)   $        .11    $       (.09)
        ===================================================================================================
                                                              
        Net income (loss) per common share  diluted            $       (.71)   $        .11    $       (.09)
        ===================================================================================================
                                                              
        Basic shares outstanding                                 25,116,164      23,274,763      15,548,856
        Equivalent shares and stock options                              --         869,000              --
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Diluted shares outstanding                               25,116,164      24,143,763      15,548,856
        ===================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.                
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
20/21

topic:

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             COMMON STOCK             ADDITIONAL
                                                      --------------------------       PAID IN
                                                        SHARES        AMOUNT           CAPITAL           DEFICIT          TOTAL
=================================================================================================================================
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>          
        Balance, January 1, 1995                      6,971,091    $     3,486    $  24,153,096    $ (18,104,360)   $   6,052,222
        Sale of common stock                          2,512,199          1,256       19,564,379               --       19,565,635
        Exercise of common options at
           prices ranging from $.325 to
           $5.75 per share                              141,300             70           85,875               --           85,945
        Stock option compensation                            --             --           84,455               --           84,455
        Exercise of common stock warrant                  1,274              1               (1)              --               --
        Net loss                                             --             --               --       (1,351,645)      (1,351,645)
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Balance, December 31, 1995                    9,625,864          4,813       43,887,804      (19,456,005)      24,436,612
        Sale of common stock                          2,530,000          1,265       73,949,643               --       73,950,908
        Exercise of common options at
           prices ranging from $3.25 to
           $14.625 per share                            324,318            162          852,051               --          852,213
        Exercise of common stock warrant                 10,241              5               (5)              --               --
        Stock option compensation                            --             --           64,307               --           64,307
        Two for one stock split [Note 9]             12,490,423          6,245           (6,245)              --               --
        Exercise of common options at
           prices ranging from $1.844 to
           $7.313 per share                              41,500             20           84,485               --           84,505
        Net income                                           --             --               --        2,538,389        2,538,389
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Balance, December 31, 1996                   22,022,346         12,510      118,832,040      (16,917,616)     101,926,934
        Exercise of common options at
           prices ranging from $.16 to
           $4.78 per share                              232,844            116          496,593               --          496,709
        Stock option compensation                            --             --           84,577               --           84,577
        Other                                                --             --               --          (57,092)         (57,092)
        Net loss                                             --             --               --      (17,713,667)     (17,713,667)
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Balance, December 31, 1997                   25,255,190    $    12,626    $ 119,413,210    $ (34,688,375)   $  84,737,461
        ==========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
topic:

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Years Ending December 31,
                                                                                       1997            1996            1995
================================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>          
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
        Net income (loss)                                                          $(17,713,667)   $  2,538,389    $ (1,351,645)
        Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
                to net cash used in operating activities:
                Depreciation and amortization                                         5,510,251       1,926,056         301,567
                Restructuring and other charges                                      13,843,591              --              --
                Other                                                                  (438,504)             --              -- 
        Change in operating assets and liabilities:
                Accounts receivable                                                  (2,652,844)     (9,062,119)     (4,407,128)
                Inventories                                                          (1,494,096)     (3,171,448)       (860,449)
                Prepaids and other current assets                                      (570,073)       (819,623)        (97,969)
                Deposits and other assets                                                 2,068           4,636          (1,866)
                Accounts payable                                                       (871,546)       (708,136)        582,228
                Accrued and other current liabilities                                  (437,934)      2,377,410       1,051,730
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash used in operating activities                                     (4,822,754)     (6,914,835)     (4,783,532)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
        Expenditures for furniture and equipment, net                                (5,128,159)     (1,389,309)       (133,818)
        Intangibles from dealer transactions                                           (704,966)    (10,752,116)             --
        Officer note receivable, net                                                    200,000         (75,000)             --
        Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                          (24,886,134)    (24,907,442)             --
        (Purchase) sale of short-term investments                                    30,738,463     (26,157,629)     (9,149,360)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash (used) provided in investing activities                             219,204     (63,281,496)     (9,283,178)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
        Payments under long-term debt and capital lease obligations                    (233,756)        (27,956)        (19,706)
        Payments on loan payable                                                       (420,084)             --              --
        Payments under co-promotion agreement                                        (1,000,000)             --              --
        Net proceeds from stock options exercised                                       546,886         700,700              --
        Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                               --      74,186,926      19,651,580
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities                       (1,106,954)     74,859,670      19,631,874
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                 (5,710,504)      4,663,339       5,565,164
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                         13,493,853       8,830,514       3,265,350
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                                             $  7,783,349    $ 13,493,853    $  8,830,514
================================================================================================================================

        Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
        Stock option compensation                                                  $     84,575    $     64,307    $     84,455

        The Company acquired a $4 million dollar intangible asset through an obligation for product distribution rights (Note 14)

        SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

        Cash paid during the year for interest                                     $     65,884    $          0    $     48,438
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
22/23

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION.  OrthoLogic Corp.  (formerly  IatroMed,  Inc.) was incorporated on
July 30, 1987 (date of inception) and commenced operations in September 1987. On
August 30, 1996 OrthoLogic Corp.  acquired all of the outstanding  capital stock
of Sutter  Corporation  ("Sutter")  which became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
OrthoLogic  (collectively  the "Company or  "OrthoLogic").  On March 3, 1997 and
March 12,  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain
liabilities of Toronto Medical Corp. (Toronto) and Danninger Medical Technology,
Inc.  (DMTI).  Concurrent  with the  acquisition of Toronto the Company formed a
wholly-owned  Canadian  subsidiary,  now known as  OrthoLogic  Canada  Ltd.  The
Company's  continuous  passive motion ("CPM")  manufacturing  and  international
sales are conducted through this subsidiary.

DESCRIPTION  OF THE  BUSINESS.  OrthoLogic  develops,  manufactures  and markets
proprietary, technologically advanced orthopaedic products and packaged services
for the orthopaedic  health care market including bone growth  stimulation,  CPM
devices and  ancillary  orthopaedic  recovery  products  primarily in the United
States.  OrthoLogics  products  are designed to enhance the healing of diseased,
damaged,  degenerated or recently repaired musculoskeletal tissue. The Company's
products  focus on improving  the clinical  outcomes and  cost-effectiveness  of
orthopaedic procedures that are characterized by compromised healing, high-cost,
potential for complication and long recuperation time. In June 1997, the Company
further extended its product line by entering into a co-promotion agreement (the
"Co-Promotion  Agreement") with Sanofi  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. of New York (Note
14). The  Co-Promotion  Agreement  allows the Company to market Hyalgan  (sodium
hyaluronate) to orthopaedic surgeons in the United States for the relief of pain
from  osteoarthritis of the knee. The Company commenced  marketing of Hyalgan in
July 1997.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION.  The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of OrthoLogic Corp.  since its inception,  Sutter since its acquisition
on August 30, 1996 and OrthoLogic  Canada Ltd. since March 3, 1997. All material
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The following briefly describes the significant  accounting policies used in the
preparation of the financial statements of the Company:

A.  Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out method) or
market.

B.  Furniture, rental fleet, and equipment are stated at cost or, in the case of
leased  assets  under  capital  leases,  at the  present  value of future  lease
payments  at  inception  of  the  lease.   Depreciation   is   calculated  on  a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the various assets, which
range from three to seven years.  Leasehold improvements and leased assets under
capital  leases  are  amortized  over the life of the asset or the period of the
respective lease using the straight-line method, whichever is the shortest.

C. Grant revenue is recorded as earned in accordance with the terms of the grant
contracts.

D. Research  and  development  represent  both costs  incurred  internally   for
research and development activities, as well as costs incurred by the Company to
fund the  activities  of the  various  research  groups  which the  Company  has
contracted. All research and development costs are expensed when incurred.

E. Cash and cash  equivalents  consists of cash on hand and cash  deposited with
financial  institutions,  including money market accounts,  and commercial paper
purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

F. Income  (loss) per weighted  average  number of common and common  equivalent
shares  outstanding  is computed  on the  weighted  average  number of common or
common and common equivalent shares  outstanding  during each year. Basic EPS is
computed as net income (loss)  divided by the weighted  average number of common
shares  outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution
that could occur from common shares  issuable  through stock options,  warrants,
and other  convertible  securities and includes shares issuable upon exercise of
stock options when dilutive.
<PAGE>
G. Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made to the 1996 and  1995  financial
statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.

H. Intangible assets - Goodwill from the acquisition of Sutter, Toronto and DMTI
is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line  basis over the estimated useful
life of the related asset (15-20 years). The intangible  relating to the product
distribution rights for Hyalgan acquired in the co-promotion  agreement is being
amortized over 15 years.

I. Long-lived  assets - In accordance  with  Statement  of Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS")  No. 121,  the Company  reviews the  carrying  values of its
long-lived assets and identifiable  intangibles for possible impairment whenever
events or changes in  circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of assets
to be held and used may not be recoverable.

J. Stock  based  compensation  - The  Company  accounts  for  its   stock  based
compensation  plan based on Accounting  Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25.
In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The Company has determined that it will
not change to the fair value method and will  continue to use APB Opinion No. 25
for measurement and recognition of employee stock based transactions (Note 9).

K. Use of estimates - The preparation of the financial  statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires management to
make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

L. New accounting  pronouncements  - In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share",  effective for both interim and annual
periods   ending  after  December  15,  1997.   This  statement   specifies  the
computation, presentation and disclosure of earnings per share for entities with
publicly held common stock or potential  common stock.  The Company adopted this
SFAS in 1997.

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  recently  issued  SFAS No.  130 on
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" and SFAS No. 131 on "Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information." The "Reporting  Comprehensive Income"
standard is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The
standard  changes  the  reporting  of certain  items  currently  reported in the
stockholders'  equity  section of the balance  sheet.  The Company is  currently
evaluating  what  impact  this  standard  will  have on the  Companys  financial
statements.  The  "Disclosures  about  Segments  on an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information" standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. This standard  requires that public companies  report certain  information
about operating  segments in their  financial  statements.  It also  establishes
related  disclosures  about products and services,  geographic  areas, and major
customers.  The Company is currently  evaluating  what impact this standard will
have on its disclosures.

2. ACQUISITIONS

On March 3, 1997 and March 12, 1997,  the Company  acquired  certain  assets and
assumed certain  liabilities of Toronto  Medical Corp.  ("Toronto") and Danniger
Medical  Technology,   Inc.  ("DMTI").  After  paying  certain  of  the  assumed
liabilities,  the net cash outlay was approximately $7.5 million for Toronto and
$10.7 million for DMTI. Both  acquisitions were accounted for as purchases under
the purchase method of accounting which resulted in goodwill of $4.5 million for
Toronto and $9.5  million for DMTI.  The  goodwill  is being  amortized  over 20
years. On August 30, 1996,  OrthoLogic  acquired all of the outstanding  capital
stock of Sutter for $24.5  million in cash and  assumption  of $11.7  million of
liabilities.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for as a purchase,  resulting in
goodwill of $13.2 million which is being  amortized  over 15 years.  The Company
has  substantially  completed its  integration  of  operations  related to these
acquisitions.   The  following   unaudited   pro  forma  summary   combines  the
consolidated  results of  operations of  OrthoLogic,  Toronto and DMTI as if the
acquisitions  had occurred  January 1, 1997, and the operation of OrthoLogic and
Sutter as if the acquisition had occurred  January 1, 1996,  after giving effect
to certain adjustments including amortization of
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
24/25

goodwill,  interest  income  and  income  taxes.  This pro forma  summary is not
necessarily  indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred if
OrthoLogic,  Sutter,  Toronto,  and DMTI had been combined  during such periods.
Moreover,  the  pro  forma  summary  is not  intended  to be,  and  may  not be,
indicative of the results of operations to be attained in the future.

                                                        Year Ended  December 31,
                                                            1997           1996
================================================================================
                                           (in thousands, except per share data)

Net revenues                                            $ 80,332       $ 65,623
Income (loss) from continuing operations                 (17,725)        (1,487)
Net income (loss) per common share                      $   (.71)      $   (.06)

Net cash paid,  assets acquired and debt assumed for 1997 acquisitions are shown
in the table below:

                                                       (in thousands)
                                                            1997
================================================================================
Receivables                                               $  4,889
Inventories                                                  2,574
Fixed assets                                                 1,629
Intangibles                                                 13,987
Other assets                                                 1,005
Debt and other liabilities assumed                          (6,015)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash paid                                             $ 18,069
================================================================================

3. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

During the third quarter of 1997, the Company restructured its sales,  marketing
and  managed  care  groups.  As a  result  of their  restructuring  and a second
consecutive  quarter  of  declining  sales of the  OrthoLogic  1000 bone  growth
stimulator,  the Company determined that certain dealer intangibles  acquired in
the transition to a direct sales force in 1996 have been  impaired.  The Company
recorded a restructuring charge of $13.8 million in the third quarter,  composed
of a  $10.0  million  write-off  of its  dealer  intangibles,  $2.3  million  in
severance, $1.2 million in facility closing and $300,000 of related costs.

The remaining balance on December 31, 1997 of the restructuring  reserve totaled
$2.4 million  remaining for severance,  facility closings and related costs. The
Company  anticipates  the  remaining  balance  will be paid  during  1998  using
available cash on hand.

4.  RESEARCH, PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENTS

The Company has entered into several  research  contracts,  product  development
agreements and license  agreements.  These  agreements  relate to products being
sold, products currently under development and ongoing scientific results.

Future commitments related to these agreements are summarized as follows:

Year Ended  December 31,                                                 Amount
================================================================================
1998                                                                    $795,333
1999 and thereafter                                                           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                   $795,333
================================================================================

In addition,  the Company has committed to pay royalties on the sale of products
or  components of products  developed  under  certain of these  agreements.  The
royalty percentages vary but generally range from 7% to 0.5% of the sales amount
for licensed  products.  The royalty  percentage under the different  agreements
decreases when either a certain sales dollar amount is reached or royalty amount
is paid. Royalty expense under these totaled $360,110,  $621,597 and $414,408 in
1997, 1996 and 1995 respectively.
<PAGE>
5. INVESTMENTS

The Company has implemented Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")
No. 115 "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities." At
December 31,  1997,  marketable  securities  were  comprised  of corporate  debt
securities  and direct  obligations  of the  United  States  Government  and its
agencies and were managed as part of the Companys  cash  management  program and
were  classified  as  held-to-maturity  securities.  All  such  securities  were
purchased  with  original  maturities  less than one year.  Such  classification
requires these securities to be reported at amortized cost.

A summary  of the fair  market  value and  unrealized  gains and losses on these
securities is as follows:


                                                        Year Ended  December 31,
                                                         1997               1996
================================================================================
Amortized cost                                    $ 4,568,526       $35,306,989
Gross unrealized gains                                 11,250            48,912
Gross unrealized losses                               (73,947)          (13,117)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value                                        $ 4,505,829       $35,342,784
================================================================================

6. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:
                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                          1997              1996
================================================================================
Raw materials                                     $  5,812,861     $  4,646,620
Work-in-progress                                     3,463,197          127,514
Finished goods                                       1,633,753        2,037,850
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    10,909,811        6,811,984
Less allowance for obsolescence                       (361,638)        (260,602)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                             $ 10,548,173     $  6,551,382
================================================================================

7. FURNITURE, RENTAL FLEET AND EQUIPMENT

Furniture, rental fleet and equipment consisted of the following:

                                                                    December 31,
                                                      1997                 1996
================================================================================
Rental fleet                                  $ 10,843,842         $  7,366,886
Machinery and
equipment                                        2,007,544            1,738,572
Computer equipment                               2,332,979            1,070,534
Furniture and fixtures                           1,021,956              825,894
Leasehold and
improvements                                       186,431              362,409
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                16,392,752           11,364,295
Less accumulated
   depreciation and
   amortization                                 (4,933,717)          (2,282,292)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                         $ 11,459,035         $  9,082,003
================================================================================

8. INCOME TAXES

At December 31, 1997,  the Company has incurred  approximately  $17.4 million in
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  expiring from 2002 through 2012 for federal
income tax purposes. Stock issuances, as discussed in Note 9, may cause a change
in  ownership  under the  provisions  of  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  382;
accordingly,  the  utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards
may be subject to annual limitations.
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
26/27


Management has evaluated the available  evidence about future taxable income and
other  possible  sources of  realization  of deferred tax assets.  The valuation
allowance reduces deferred tax assets to an amount that management believes will
more likely than not be realized.  The  components  of deferred  income taxes at
December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                            1997           1996
================================================================================
Allowance for bad debts                                 $  4,560       $  4,005
Other accruals and reserves                                  672             46
Valuation allowance                                       (2,636)        (1,650)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current                                              2,596          2,401
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net operating loss carrryforwards                          6,971          5,515
Difference in basis of fixed assets                         (978)          (835)
Nondeductible accruals and reserves                          340            441
Amortization of intangibles and other                      2,075          1,505
Difference in basis of dealer intangible                   4,198             --
Valuation allowance                                      (12,606)        (6,626)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noncurrant                                              --             --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred income taxes                             $  2,596       $  2,401
================================================================================

A  reconciliation  of the difference  between the provision for income taxes and
income taxes at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate is as follows for the
years ended December 31.

Income taxes at statutory rate                         $(5,950)         $   863
Net operating losses used                                   --             (930)
State income taxes                                      (1,024)             200
Change in valuation allowance                            6,558               -- 
Other                                                      628             (133)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net provision                                          $   212          $    --
================================================================================

Prior to 1996, the Company had experienced  net operating  losses for all years;
therefore, there was no provision for 1995.

9. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

In October 1987, the stockholders  adopted a Stock Option Plan (the "1987 Option
Plan") which was amended in September  1996, and approved by shareholders in May
1997,  to increase the number of common shares  reserved for issuance  under the
1987 Option Plan to 4,160,000 shares.  This plan expired during October 1997. In
May 1997,  the  Stockholders  adopted a new Stock  Option Plan (the "1997 Option
Plan") which  replaced the 1987 Option Plan.  The 1997 Option Plan  reserved for
issuance  1,040,000  shares of common stock. Two types of options may be granted
under the 1997  Option  Plan:  options  intended to qualify as  incentive  stock
options  under  Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  ("Code")  and other
options not  specifically  authorized  or  qualified  for  favorable  income tax
treatment by the Code. All eligible  employees may receive more than one type of
option.  Any director or consultant  who is not an employee of the Company shall
be eligible to receive only  nonqualified  stock  options  under the 1997 Option
Plan.

In October 1989, the Board of Directors (the "Board") approved that in the event
of a  takeover  or  merger of the  Company  in which  100% of the  equity of the
company is purchased,  75% of all unvested  employee options will vest, with the
balance  vesting  equally  over the  ensuing  12  months,  or  according  to the
individual's vesting schedule, whichever is earlier. If an employee or holder of
stock options is  terminated  as a result of or  subsequent to the  acquisition,
100% of that  individuals  stock options will vest  immediately  upon employment
termination. These provisions are also included in the 1997 Option Plan.

Options are granted at prices  which are equal to the current  fair value of the
Company's  common  stock at the date of grant.  The vesting  period is generally
related to length of employment and all vested options lapse upon termination of
employment if not  exercised  within a 90-day period (or one year after death or
disability or the date of termination if terminated for cause). 
<PAGE>
A summary of the status of the option plans as of December 31, 1997,  1996,  and
1995, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997                        1996                         1995
                                                                   WEIGHTED-                  WEIGHTED-                   WEIGHTED-
                                                                     AVERAGE                    AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
                                                    SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE   SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE     SHARES   EXERCISE PRICE
===================================================================================================================================
<S>                                              <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>     
Fixed options outstanding at beginning of year   $ 2,509,644    $    7.31   $ 2,356,034    $     3.33    $ 1,654,034    $   1.61
Granted                                            1,132,150         5.54       903,746         13.15      1,112,600        5.04
Exercised                                           (232,844)        2.37      (690,136)         1.60       (282,600)        .30
Forfeited                                           (873,500)        9.59       (60,000)         6.23       (128,000)       2.42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at end of year                         2,535,450    $    6.07     2,509,644    $     7.31      2,356,034    $   3.33
===================================================================================================================================
Options exercisable at year-end                    1,072,975                    613,737                      774,220
===================================================================================================================================
Weighted-average fair value of                                                                           
options granted during the year                  $      3.02                $      7.50                   $     2.87    
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1997:



OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
                                                             WEIGHTED-
                                       NUMBER                  AVERAGE          WEIGHTED-              NUMBER           WEIGHTED-
                 RANGE OF      OUTSTANDING AT                REMAINING            AVERAGE      EXERCISABLE AT             AVERAGE
          EXERCISE PRICES            12/31/97         CONTRACTUAL LIFE     EXERCISE PRICE            12/31/97      EXERCISE PRICE
        ===========================================================================================================================
<S>                                 <C>                     <C>           <C>                      <C>              <C>         
        $       1.84-2.63             513,900               4.86          $       2.28               324,983        $       2.18
                2.88-5.37             582,950               6.35                  4.88               300,536                4.79
                5.50-6.56             585,700               5.01                  5.87                39,097                6.12
                6.78-7.75             528,200               3.13                  6.86               270,992                6.83
               8.75-17.38             324,700               5.92                 13.28               137,367               14.34
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        $      1.84-17.38           2,535,450               5.01          $       6.07             1,072,975        $       5.79
        ===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
28/29


The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting
for its option plans. Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for
its option plans. Had compensation cost been computed based on the fair value of
awards on the date of grant,  utilizing the Black-Scholes  option-pricing model,
consistent with the method stipulated by SFAS No. 123, the Companys net earnings
and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 would have
been reduced to the pro forma  amounts  indicated  below,  followed by the model
assumptions used:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997                1996
======================================================================================================
<S>                                                               <C>                    <C>          
Net income (loss):                                                                       
        As reported (in thousands)                                $       (17,714)       $       2,538
        Pro forma (in thousands)                                  $       (20,371)       $         679
Net income (loss) per weighted average number of common and                              
common equivalent shares outstanding:                                                    
        As reported                                               $          (.71)       $        0.11
        Pro forma                                                 $          (.81)       $        0.03
Black-Scholes model assumptions:                                                         
        Risk-free                                                            6.00%                6.00%
        Expected volatility                                                    .6                   .6
        Expected term                                                     5 Years              5 Years
        Dividend yield                                                          0%                   0%
</TABLE>

At  December  31,  1997,  options  for  1,072,975  shares of common  stock  were
exercisable.  The  options  generally  expire five or ten years from the date of
grant.

At the closing of the Company's IPO on January 28, 1993 all convertible Series D
Preferred Stock,  totaling  4,173,002 shares, was converted into an equal amount
of common stock. At December 31, 1997,  there were 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock authorized and none were issued and outstanding.

The former preferred  stockholders and certain of their  transferees now holding
their shares of common stock may require the Company,  commencing April 28, 1993
and  ending  on  July  6,  2003,  on not  more  than  two  occasions,  to file a
registration  statement under the Securities Act with respect to at least 30% of
their  shares of common  stock.  Stockholders  holding 60% of such  registerable
shares must make the registration  demand.  The Company must file a registration
statement  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within 90 days of the
receipt  of the  request.  The  former  holders of all of the shares of Series D
Preferred  Stock may require the Company,  on one or more  occasions,  to file a
registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act for all or any part of their
shares of common stock. The Company must file a registration statement within 90
days of the  receipt  of the  request.  Further,  holders  of common  stock with
registration  rights may require  the  Company to  register  all or a portion of
their  shares of common  stock on Form S-3,  subject to certain  conditions  and
limitations.  The Company is obligated to pay the offering expenses of each such
offering,  except for the selling stockholders' pro rata portion of underwriting
discounts and commissions.  During 1994, the former holders of certain shares of
Series D Preferred  Stock and certain  warrant  holders  required the Company to
register their shares of common stock.

In  connection  with the  Company's  IPO in January  1993,  the Company issued a
warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $4.20
per share, to the underwriter. In 1995 as a result of the private placement, the
exercise  price was reduced to $4.055.  The warrant  was  exercised  using a net
exercise provision during 1995 and 1996.
<PAGE>
In 1993, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock,
at an exercise  price of $1.813 per share,  to another  company for an ownership
interest of that company (see Note 10). This warrant expires in August 1998.

On February 28, 1995, the Company issued  1,000,000  shares of common stock upon
the closing of a private  placement of its common stock.  Gross  proceeds to the
Company were $2 million.  Net proceeds to the Company after  deducting  costs of
the offering  were  approximately  $1.9  million.  The holders of such shares of
common stock exercised their right to require the Company to register the shares
under the  Securities  Act,  and the Company so  registered  the shares prior to
March 1996.

In 1996,  the Company issued a warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock,
at an exercise price of $2.41 per share,  to a consultant as partial payment for
services. This warrant expires in March 2001.

On October 31, 1995 and November 6, 1995 the Company issued a total of 4,024,398
shares of common  stock  upon the  closing  of a public  offering  of its common
stock.  Gross  proceeds to the Company were $19.1  million.  Net proceeds to the
Company after deducting costs of the offering were approximately $17.6 million.

On April 30, 1996, the Company issued  5,060,000 shares of common stock upon the
closing of a public offering of its common stock.  Gross proceeds to the Company
were $78.4 million. The net proceeds to the Company after deducting costs of the
offering were approximately  $74.0 million.  The common stock was sold at $15.50
per share.  During the first quarter of 1996 the Company  amended it Articles of
Incorporation to authorize  40,000,000 shares of common stock, $.0005 par value.
In addition,  the Board of Directors  approved a 2-for-1 stock split in the form
of a 100% common share dividend which was paid on June 25, 1996, to stockholders
of  record  as of  June 4,  1996.  The  accompanying  financial  statements  and
footnotes have been restated to give effect to the split.

10.  Related parties

During June 1992, the Company loaned  $125,000 to its CEO. The note plus accrued
interest was paid during 1996. During November 1996, the Company loaned $200,000
to its former President. This note plus accrued interest was paid during 1997.

The Company has a 5% ownership interest in a company which is providing research
services to the Company.  The Company paid  approximately  $32,000 and granted a
warrant for 10,000 shares of the Companys stock for the ownership interest. This
investment is included in deposits and other assets at December 31, 1997.

The  Company's  former  CEO has a minority  interest  in  royalties  paid by the
Company under a product  license.  The former CEO has transferred to the Company
his rights to any royalties  under this agreement as long as he is a director or
officer of the Company. The Company has received no royalties to date under this
agreement.

11.  COMMITMENTS

The Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements for its
office,  manufacturing and research facilities. Rent expense for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $594,420, $482,000 and $131,000.

The  following  is a schedule of future  minimum  lease  payments  for the years
ending December 31 under  non-cancelable lease agreements with original terms in
excess of one year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1998          1999          2000         2001         2002    AFTER 2002         TOTAL
======================================================================================================================
<S>                       <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>        
Office/manufacturing      $  146,817   $ 1,006,412   $   985,003   $  937,740   $  937,740   $ 6,251,555   $10,265,267
Computer capital leases      135,079       113,263        52,223           --           --            --       300,565             
Depots                       324,383        91,401        26,390           --           --            --       442,174             
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                     $  606,279   $ 1,211,076   $ 1,063,616   $  937,740   $  937,740   $ 6,251,555   $11,008,006
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
30/31


12. LITIGATION

During 1996 certain  lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for
the District of Arizona  against the Company and certain  officers and directors
alleging  violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
SEC Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.

Plaintiffs in these actions allege that  correspondence  received by the Company
from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") pertaining principally to
the  promotion  of the  Companys  OrthoLogic  1000 Bone  Growth  Stimulator  was
material  and  undisclosed,  leading to an  artificially  inflated  stock price.
Plaintiffs further alleged practices referenced in that correspondence  operated
as a fraud  against  plaintiffs.  Plaintiffs  further  allege  that once the FDA
letter  became  known,  a  material  decline in the stock  price of the  Company
occurred, causing damage to the plaintiffs.

All plaintiffs seek class action status,  unspecified compensatory damages, fees
and costs.  Plaintiffs  also seek  extraordinary,  equitable  and/or  injunctive
relief as permitted by law.  The actions were  consolidated  for all purposes in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona and lead plaintiffs
and counsel were appointed.  The Company and its officers and directors moved to
dismiss the  consolidated  amended  complaint for failure to state a claim.  The
Court dismissed the consolidated  amended  complaint in its entirety against the
Company and its officers and  directors but gave  plaintiffs  leave to amend all
claims to cure all deficiencies.  If any claim  deficiencies are not cured, that
claim will be dismissed  with  prejudice as against the Company and its officers
and directors.

In addition,  the Company has been served with a  substantially  similar  action
filed in Arizona state court alleging state law causes of action grounded in the
same set of facts. By agreement  between the parties this action has been stayed
while the federal actions proceed.

In addition to the foregoing, a shareholder derivative complaint alleging, among
other things, breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the conduct alleged in
the  aforesaid  federal and state court  class  actions  have also been filed in
Arizona  state  court.  By agreement  between the parties,  that action has been
stayed  pending a decision on  defendants  forthcoming  motion to dismiss  those
actions.

In  March  1998,  the  former  owner  of the CPM  assets  acquired  in the  DMTI
acquisition  filed a lawsuit in the Court of Common  Pleas in  Franklin  County,
Ohio against the Company.  The plaintiff  alleges that the Company  breached the
acquisition  agreement by not satisfying  certain  liabilities it assumed in the
acquisition  and  that the  Company  breached  an  ancillary  agreement  for the
temporary  provision of services  following the acquisition.  Plaintiff has also
demanded  from the Court of Common Pleas a  declaration  that the Company is not
entitled  to cash  escrowed  in the  acquisition.  The  Company  had  previously
requested delivery to it of the escrowed cash and demanded  indemnification  for
this plaintiff's  breaches of representations  and warranties in the acquisition
agreement.  The  costs  associated  with  defending  these  allegations  and the
potential outcome cannot be determined at this time and accordingly, no estimate
for such costs have been included in these financial statements.

Management  believes that the  allegations are without merit and will vigorously
defend them.

At December 31, 1997, the Company is involved in various other legal proceedings
that arose in the  ordinary  course of business.  In  managements  opinion,  the
ultimate  resolution of these other legal  proceedings  will not have a material
effect on the financial  position,  results of  operations,  or cash flow of the
Company.

13.  401(K) PLAN

The Company  adopted a 401(k) plan (the  "Plan")  for its  employees  on July 1,
1993. The company may make matching  contributions  to the Plan on behalf of all
Plan participants,  the amount of which is determined by the Board of Directors.
The Company did not make any matching  contributions  to the Plan in 1997,  1996
and 1995.

14.  CO-PROMOTION AGREEMENT

The Company entered into an exclusive  co-promotion  agreement ("the agreement")
with Sanofi  Pharmaceuticals Inc. ("Sanofi") on June 23, 1997 for the purpose of
marketing 
<PAGE>
Hyalgan,  a hyaluronic  acid sodium salt, to orthopaedic  surgeons in the United
States for the  treatment of pain in patients with  osteoarthritis  of the knee.
The initial term of the agreement ends on December 31, 2002. Upon the expiration
of the initial term,  Sanofi may terminate the  agreement,  extend the agreement
for an additional  one year period,  or enter into a revised  agreement with the
Company.  Upon  termination  of the  agreement,  Sanofi must pay the Company the
amount equal to 50% of the gross  compensation paid to the Company,  pursuant to
the agreement, for the immediately preceding year.

The Company is paid a commission which is based upon the number of units sold at
the wholesale  acquisition cost less amounts for distribution costs,  discounts,
rebates and returns.  In  addition,  the Company is  obligated:  to use its best
efforts to market and promote Hyalgan; to pay Sanofi a royalty of 10% of the net
selling  price,  as defined;  and to pay the  manufacturer  of Hyalgan a product
transfer  price and a pro-rata  portion of a 10% royalty on combined  annual net
sales of  Hyalgan  by  Sanofi  and the  Company  in excess  of $30  million.  In
addition,  the Company is obligated  to pay a total of $4.0  million  during the
first  eighteen  months of the  agreements.  During 1997,  the Company paid $1.0
million of this amount. The Company has recorded the remaining $3.0 million as a
liability in its financial statements.

The Company's sales force began to promote Hyalgan in the third quarter of 1997.
Fee revenue of $3.6 million was recognized during 1997.

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company  announced in January  1998 that it has  acquired a minority  equity
interest in a biotech firm, Chrysalis BioTechnology, Inc., for $750,000. As part
of the  transaction,  the  Company  has been  awarded  a  nine-month  world-wide
exclusive  option to  license  the  orthopaedic  applications  of  Chrysalin,  a
patented  23-amino  acid  peptide  that has shown  promise in  accelerating  the
healing process.  Chrysalis is currently  developing the technology to stimulate
the  skin-wound  healing  process and has  completed an  extensive  pre-clinical
safety and efficiency profile for the product.  In pre-clinical  animal studies,
Chrysalin  was also shown to double the rate of fracture  healing  with a single
injection  into the fresh  fracture gap. The Company's  agreement with Chrysalis
contains provisions for the Company to continue and expand its option to license
Chrysalin contingent upon regulatory approvals,  successful pre-clinical trials,
and certain trials and certain  milestone  payments to Chrysalis by the Company.
The cost of performing the  pre-clinical  and clinical  trials will be funded by
the Company. The Company will pursue  commercialization of Chrysalin,  initially
seeking Food and Drug Administration  approval for the human clinical trials for
the  fracture-healing  indication.  The Company  projects that  Chrysalin  could
receive all the  necessary  FDA approvals and be introduced in the market during
2000.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that clinical trials will result in
favorable data or that FDA approvals, if sought, will be obtained.

Subsequent to year end, the Company secured a $10.0 million accounts  receivable
revolving line of credit and a $2.5 million revolving term loan from a bank. The
maximum,  which may be borrowed under these  facilities,  in the  aggregate,  is
$10.0  million.  The  Company  may  borrow  up to 80% of the  eligible  accounts
receivable under the accounts receivable revolving line of credit and 50% of the
net book value of CPM rental fleet under the revolving  term loan.  The accounts
receivable  revolving  line of credit  matures on May 1, 1999, and the revolving
term loan  matures on May 1, 2000.  Interest is payable  monthly on the accounts
receivable revolving line of credit and amortized principal and interest are due
monthly on the revolving term loan. The interest rate is prime plus .20% for the
accounts  receivable  line of credit and prime plus .45% for the revolving  term
loan.  The rates will be reduced based upon the Companys  achievement of defined
future financial performance. In addition, there are certain financial covenants
and reporting  requirements  associated with the loans. In connection with these
loans the Company issued a warrant to purchase  10,000 shares of common stock at
a price equal to the average fair market value for five days prior to closing of
the loans.
<PAGE>
FINANCIALS.97               ORTHOLOGIC ANNUAL REPORT
32

topic:

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT




BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS
OrthoLogic Corp.
Phoenix, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OrthoLogic Corp.
and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial  position of the Company at December 31, 1997
and 1996,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997 in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Phoenix, Arizona

January 29,1998

                        SUBSIDIARIES OF ORTHOLOGIC CORP.



                                                            Name Under Which
Name                   Jurisdiction of Incorporation    Subsidiary Does Business
- ----                   -----------------------------    ------------------------

Sutter Corporation              California                Sutter Corporation

OrthoLogic Canada Ltd.          Canada                   OrthoLogic Canada Ltd.





INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements No.
33-79010,  No.  333-1268,  No.  333-09785,  No.  333-35507 and No.  333-35505 of
OrthoLogic  Corp. on Form S-8 and  Registration  Statements No. 33-82050 and No.
333-1558 of  OrthoLogic  Corp. on Form S-3 of our report dated January 29, 1998,
appearing in and  incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
OrthoLogic Corp. for the year ended December 31, 1997.




DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Phoenix, Arizona

March 27, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
financial statements in OrthoLogic Corp's report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December  31,  1997  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                              1
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS
                                               
<S>                             <C>            
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS 
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               DEC-31-1997 
<PERIOD-START>                                  JAN-01-1997 
<PERIOD-END>                                    DEC-31-1997 
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                           1
<CASH>                                            7,783,349 
<SECURITIES>                                      4,568,526 
<RECEIVABLES>                                    45,794,475 
<ALLOWANCES>                                     11,370,524 
<INVENTORY>                                      10,548,173 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 61,593,323 
<PP&E>                                           11,459,035 
<DEPRECIATION>                                    4,933,717 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  103,102,771 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            16,734,602 
<BONDS>                                                   0 
                                     0 
                                               0 
<COMMON>                                             12,626 
<OTHER-SE>                                       84,724,835 
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    103,102,771 
<SALES>                                          36,043,169 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 77,049,233 
<CGS>                                            10,244,397
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    77,647,649 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                          0 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                          0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                        0 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (17,502,107) 
<INCOME-TAX>                                        211,560 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (17,713,667) 
<DISCONTINUED>                                            0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0 
<CHANGES>                                                 0  
<NET-INCOME>                                   (17,713,667) 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (0.71) 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (0.71) 
                                               

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission